Home

Pontiac 2008 grand prix Automobile User Manual

Contents

1. 3 8L V6 Engine A Coolant Recovery Tank B Pressure Cap C Electric Engine Cooling Fan s 5 30 5 3L V8 Engine A Pressure Cap B Electric Engine Cooling Fans C Coolant Recovery Tank A CAUTION An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down The vehicle should be parked on a level surface The coolant recovery tank is located in the rear of the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle on the 3 8L V6 engine The coolant recovery tank on the 5 3L V8 engine is located in the rear of the engine compartment on the driver s side of the vehicle behind the engine air cleaner filter When the engine is cold the coolant level should be at or above the COLD FILL line on the coolant recovery tank To check the coolant level look for the COLD FILL line on the side of the coolant recovery tank that faces the engine If the level is not correct there may be a leak at the pressure cap or in the radiator hoses heater hoses radiator water pump or somewhere else in the cooling system 5 31 A CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burn
2. 2 38 Outside Power Mirrors seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 39 Outside Convex Mirror cceeeeeeeeeee eee eeees 2 39 OnStar System cccccccccccccccccececeeeeeeeeess 2 40 Storage Areas l eere rererere 2 43 Glove BOX swisessiSansbeshiteeiee abies edawees iaa EES 2 43 CUPNOIDEL S sin secineeeenecedoncclesisaeedicassaelaeneetalnelye 2 43 Sunglasses Storage Compartment 2 44 Center Console Storage e eeeeeeeeeeeee eens 2 44 Convenience Net ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 44 SUNPOOS izcessinesdicishsai lies eek ead eae Sacer 2 44 2 1 Keys A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the keys in the ignition and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children The key can be used for the ignition as well as the driver s door lock and storage compartments The key comes with a bar coded tag attached to the key ring Keep this bar coded tag and give it to your dealer retailer if a new key needs to be made The vehicle has the PASS Key III vehicle theft system The key has a transponder in the key head that matches a decoder in the veh
3. 2 12 Rear Door Security LOCKS s 2 12 Lockout Protection sivisiensncrsicnceasee deta caeteieauned 2 13 TUNK cae spacaianauateasnecatan nro amaipiateha terete 2 14 WINKOWS oirrese paa nenna 2 16 Power WindoWS ceceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 17 SUN VISOIS 0cccceeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 2 18 Theft Deterrent Systems cceeeeeeeee ees 2 18 Content Theft Deterrent seeeeeeeeeeees 2 18 PASS Key III Electronic Immobilizer 2 20 PASS Key III Electronic Immobilizer Operation chk acgeccsiedssaaeidanedetentiiideewetinn 2 21 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 23 New Vehicle Break In ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 23 Ignition POSILONS cecsccisersceteeency ceeecbisineienate 2 23 Retained Accessory Power RAP ccecce 2 24 Starting the Engine cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 2 25 Engine Coolant Heater ceeeeeeeeeee eee ees 2 26 Active Fuel Management ceecee 2 28 Automatic Transmission Operation 6 2 28 Parking Brake sorrires rsr i ai 2 33 Shifting Into PARK P scsssiserasisersneirernssiensiss 2 34 Shifting Out of PARK P eeseceesrereeeen 2 35 Parking Over Things That Burn s es 2 36 Engine Exhaust nirereto poanta eeann Ea 2 36 Running the Vehicle While Parked 2 37 MITOS aaco neur e n EE 2 38 Manual Rearview Mirror ccecce 2 38 Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar
4. 3 43 Up Shift Light ices isceiairesa aeia ana a Aa 3 45 Brake System Warning Light eeee 3 45 Anti lock Brake System ABS Warning Light 3 47 Traction Control System TCS Warning Light 3 47 Enhanced Traction System Warning Light 3 48 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 48 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage 3 49 Tire Pressure Light 2 0 0 ciceciccteasencesterecteieecnes 3 49 Malfunction Indicator Lamp eeeeeeeeeeee 3 50 Oil Pressure Light cccceeeeeee teeter eeeeeeees 3 52 Section 3 Instrument Panel FOG Lamp LEIGH ssisccvsiesempineweevsie csascanassteenedees 3 53 Cruise Control Light cceeeeeeeeeeeee eee as 3 53 Highbeam On Light eee eee 3 54 FUG Gage rencanane an sarene aa EEA a 3 54 Driver Information Center DIC 0 3 55 DIC Operation and Displays Uplevel DIC with Trip Computer 3 55 DIC Operation and Displays Base Level DIC cceeeeeeeeeenee eee eee eens 3 62 DIC Compass Uplevel DIC ceeeeeeeee ee 3 65 DIC Warnings and Messages 0eeeeeeeeee 3 67 DIC Vehicle Customization cceeeeeeeeee ee 3 89 Audio System S cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 3 94 Setting the Clock cc ersinnen 3 95 FAGIO S aaeei nea A E 3 95 USING an MPS iiradicrceen tanema eneen 3 109 XM Radio Messages ieee
5. 7 Turn the nut holding the jack counterclockwise and 8 The tools you will be using include the jack A remove it Then remove the jack and wrench extension and protector guide B and the wheel wrench C 5 99 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire Your vehicle may have aluminum wheels If so you will see exposed stainless steel wheel nuts Use the wheel wrench to loosen all the wheel nuts Do not remove them yet Or your vehicle may have steel wheel covers 5 100 To remove the steel wheel covers and wheel nut caps loosen the plastic nut caps with the wheel wrench in a counterclockwise direction If needed you can finish loosening them with your fingers The plastic nut caps will not come off Use the flat end of the wheel wrench and pry along the edge of the cover until it comes off The edge of the wheel cover could be sharp so do not try to remove it with your bare hands Do not drop the cover or lay it face down as it could become scratched or damaged Store the wheel cover in the trunk until the flat tire is repaired or replaced Once you have removed the wheel cover use the following procedure to remove the flat tire and install the spare tire 1 It is recommended that you do a safety check before preceding See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 96 for more information 2 Set the park brake firmly 3 Turn the wheel wrench once on each wheel nut to loosen them Do not remove them
6. A thick layer of additional material such as a blanket or cushion or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers seat heaters and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates We recommend that you not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment other than any that GM has approved for your specific vehicle See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 65 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates 1 63 The passenger sensing system may suppress the airbag deployment when liquid soaks into the seat If this happens the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator and the airbag readiness light on the instrument panel will be lit The system should resume normal operation after the seat is allowed to dry If the system operates incorrectly after the seat has dried have your dealer retailer check the system A CAUTION Stowing of articles under the passenger s seat or between the passenger s seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system 1 64 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how your vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around your vehicle Your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about servicing your vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Public
7. Different Size 0 eee eee eee eee eeee eee een ees 5 80 lf a Tike Goes Flat cits ccc aneersaitiatenieccacs 5 85 Inflation Tire Pressure i s 5 69 Inspection and Rotation cc ceeeeeeeeeee eee es 5 75 Installing the Spare Tire eeeeeeeeeeee eee 5 100 Pressure Monitor Operation eeeeeeeees 5 72 Pressure Monitor System eeeeeeee eee ees 5 71 Removing the Flat Tire ce ceeeeeeeeee eee 5 100 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 98 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 5 107 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit 0 0 5 86 Tire Sidewall Labeling ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 63 Tire Terminology and Definitions 5 66 Uniform Tire Quality Grading eeeeeee 5 80 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 82 Wheel Replacement ceeeeeeeeeeererees 5 82 When It Is Time for New Tires 00 5 77 Towing Recreational Vehicle ccseeeeeeeeeeeneeees 4 27 TOWING A Wallen cosstietseilecsacehvelig oseneseiseets 4 29 YOUR VENICE ascia en wn ea aa rS 4 27 Traction Control System TCS cceeeeeeeeeeeeneee eee eee ees 4 6 Control System Warning Light 8 3 47 Enhanced Traction System ETS 00 4 7 Enhanced Traction System ETS Warning LIQMt ctaccccvsessic cess ocotetde teea 3 48 Stabilitrak Plus System
8. Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm Notice If you operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area your vehicle could be damaged and the damages would not be covered by your warranty Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area Safety Belt Reminders Safety Belt Reminder Light When the engine is started a chime will come on for several seconds to remind people to fasten their safety belts unless the drivers safety belt is already buckled IA This chime and light is repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion If the driver s belt is already buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on The safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Several seconds after the engine is started a chime will sound for several seconds to remind the front passenger to buckle their safety belt This would only occur if the passenger airbag is enabled See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 60 for more information The passenger safety belt light located on the instrument panel will come on and stay on for several seconds and then flash for several more This chime and light are repeated if the passenger remains unbuckled and 9 the vehicle is in motion If the passenger s safety belt is buck
9. 5 113 Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry A CAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts If you do it may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 5 114 Washing Your Vehicle The best way to preserve your vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often Notice Certain cleaners contain chemicals that can damage the emblems or nameplates on your vehicle Check the cleaning product label If it states that it should not be used on plastic parts do not use it on your vehicle or damage may occur and it would not be covered by the warranty Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight Use a car washing soap Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives as they can damage the paint metal or plastic on your vehicle Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer retailer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 118 Follow all manufacturers directions regarding correct product usage necessary safety precautions and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care
10. If you have had a crash do you need new belts or LATCH system if equipped parts After a very minor crash nothing may be necessary But the belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged See your dealer retailer to have your safety belt assemblies inspected or replaced If your vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being used during a crash you may need new LATCH system parts New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the belt or LATCH system if equipped was not being used at the time of the crash If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section Have your safety belt pretensioners checked if your vehicle has been in a crash if your airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 42 1 67 4 NOTES 1 68 Section 2 Features and Controls KEYS inanan aa r 2 2 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 2 3 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operati h esena napnarenni n kn niee 2 4 Remote Vehicle Start ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 7 Doors and Locks 0 cceceeeeeeeeeee estes 2 10 Door LOCKS ciretta rnaen seiko E 2 10 Power Door LOCKS 0 ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 11 Delayed LOCKING i vececisey ieeee cceeenedtentdteraetnene 2 11 Programmable Automatic Door Locks
11. In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision The windshield washer button is located at the end of the windshield wiper lever W Washer Fluid Press this button to activate the washer fluid to spray onto the windshield The wipers will run for a few cycles to clear the windshield For more wash cycles press and hold the button If the vehicle is low on washer fluid the LOW WASHER FLUID message will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC display See LOW WASHER FLUID under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 for more information Cruise Control A CAUTION Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use your cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads O Off This position turns the system off On This position activates the system Resume Accelerate This position to makes the vehicle accelerate or resume to a previously set speed Y Set Press this button to set the speed With cruise control you can maintain a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator This can r
12. It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on LOW FUEL This symbol comes on with this message This message displays when the vehicle is low on fuel Refill the fuel tank as soon as possible This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds when this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 75 LOW OIL LEVEL On some vehicles this message displays when the vehicle s engine oil is low WAAAY This symbol comes on with this message If this message comes on fill the oil to the proper level as soon as possible See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for engine oil fill location Also see Engine Oil on page 5 15 for information on the kind of oil to use and proper oil level This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds when this message is displayed Press the set re
13. Make sure to finalize the disc when burning an MP3 disc using multiple sessions It is usually better to burn the disc all at once 3 109 The player is able to read and play a maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists 10 sessions and 255 files Long file names folder names or playlist names may use more disc memory space than necessary To conserve space on the disc minimize the length of the file folder or playlist names You can also play an MP3 CD that was recorded using no file folders The system can support up to 11 folders in depth though keep the depth of the folders to a minimum in order to keep down the complexity and confusion in trying to locate a particular folder during playback If a CD contains more than the maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists 10 sessions and 255 files the player lets you access and navigate up to the maximum but all items over the maximum are ignored Root Directory The root directory is treated as a folder If the root directory has compressed audio files the directory is displayed as F1 ROOT All files contained directly under the root directory are accessed prior to any root directory folders However playlists Px are always be accessed before root folders or files 3 110 Empty Directory or Folder If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file structure that contains only folders subfolders and no compressed files directly beneath them the player advances to t
14. Safety Warnings and Symbols There are a number of safety cautions in this book A box with the word CAUTION is used to tell about things that could hurt you or others if you were to ignore the warning A CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people We tell you what the hazard is and what to do to help avoid or reduce the hazard Please read these cautions If you do not you or others could be hurt A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means Do Not Do Not do this or Do Not let this happen Vehicle Damage Warnings You will also find notices in this manual Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty and it could be costly The notice tells what to do to help avoid the damage When you read other manuals you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words There are also warning labels on the vehicle which use the same words CAUTION or NOTICE Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Front Seats ioone tee eect
15. Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications in Capacities and Specifications on page 5 128 Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets 5 43 Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer retailer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign that brake service might be required Brake Adjustment Every time you apply the brakes with or without the vehicle moving the brakes adjust for wear 5 44 Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking Your vehicle was designed and tested with top quality brake parts When you replace parts of the braking system for example when the brake linings wear down and you need new ones put in be sure you get new approved replacement parts If you do not the brakes might not work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle the balance between the front and rear brakes can change for the wo
16. To set the date 1 Press the options button until the date is displayed on the DIC 2 Press the set reset button to access the RESET YEAR screen The second position in the year will be selected Press and hold the set reset button to scroll through the available digits Release the button when the correct digit appears 3 Press the options button to advance to the first position in the year Press and hold the set reset button to scroll through the available digits Release the button when the correct digit appears 4 Press the options button to advance to the months of the year 5 Press the set reset button to scroll through the months of the year releasing the button when the correct month appears 6 Press the options button to advance to the days of the month 7 Press the set reset button to scroll through the days of the month releasing the button when the correct day appears 8 Press the options button again to advance to the main date screen The screen will now display the new date 9 Press the options button to advance to the next screen Language This menu allows selection of the language in which the DIC messages will appear The DIC can be programmed in one of three languages English French or Spanish The message on the HUD if equipped will also appear in the language selected See Head Up Display HUD on page 3 23 To change the language 1 Press the options button to enter the language
17. Outside Power Mirrors The power mirror controls are located near the driver s window on the driver s door armrest Move the top control to the left to adjust the driver s side outside mirror Move the control to the right to adjust the passenger s side mirror The center position turns the power control off and will not allow the mirrors to move if the control pad is touched The round control pad adjusts the angle of the selected outside mirror Press the arrows on the control pad to adjust the angle of the mirror Adjust each mirror so that the sides and the area behind the vehicle can be seen Outside Convex Mirror Z CAUTION A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on your right Check your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes The passenger side mirror is convex shaped A convex mirror s surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat It also makes things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are 2 39 OnStar System OnStar uses several innovative technologies and live advisors to provide you with a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If your airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency advisors who can request emergency services be sent
18. e Allow enough following distance between you and the driver in front of you e Focus on the task of driving Driver distraction can cause collisions resulting in injury or possible death These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life Drunk Driving A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a global tragedy Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle judgment muscular coordination vision and attentiveness Police records show that almost 40 percent of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 17 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with about 250 000 people injured For persons under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for pe
19. will read in the red or hot area See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 48 and Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3 49 for more information To avoid added strain turn off the air conditioner if it is on When the coolant temperature returns to normal the air conditioner can be turned back on 3 72 This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds continuously when this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on HOT ENGINE OIL REDUCE SPEED On some vehicles this message displays when the vehicle s engine oil is above the proper engine operating temperature Reduce the speed of the vehicle If this message continues to display have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible A chime sounds continuously when this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on HOT TRANS Transmission FLUID This symbol comes on with this
20. Bz Recirculation Press this button to turn the recirculation mode on or off This mode keeps outside air from coming in the vehicle It can be used to help reduce the outside air and odors that may enter the vehicle or help to cool the air inside the vehicle quicker Recirculation is not available in defrost or floor defog mode Pressing the recirculation button will turn on the indicator light Using recirculation for long periods of time may cause the air inside your vehicle to become too dry To prevent this from happening after the air in your vehicle has cooled turn the recirculation mode off af Heated Seats Press this button to turn the heated seats on and off The button on the left controls the drivers seat and the button on the right controls the passenger s seat See Heated Seats on page 1 4 for additional information 3 34 Sensors The solar sensor on your vehicle monitors the solar radiation and the air inside of your vehicle then uses the information to maintain the selected temperature by initiating needed adjustments to the temperature the fan speed and the air delivery system The system may also supply cooler air to the side of the vehicle facing the sun The recirculation mode will also be activated as necessary Do not cover the solar sensor located in the center of the instrument panel near the windshield or the system will not work properly Defogging and Defrosting Fog on the inside of window
21. Capacity Weight for Subtract Occupant Weight 150 lbs Available Cargo Example 3 Item Description Totali Maximum Vehicle A Capacity Weight for esa Example 3 g Subtract Occupant Weight 200 Ibs feo 91 kg x 5 g 250 Ibs 113 kg Available Cargo Obs 04a Refer to your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about your vehicle s maximum vehicle capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s maximum vehicle capacity weight 4 25 Certification Label S aT MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP mt DATE GWR GAWRFRT THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL gip L Na OTOR VEHICLE SAFETY BUMPER NTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATAOF M WN ABOVE 2001 ASS CAR A A vehicle specific Certification label is found on the rear edge of the drivers door The label shows the gross weight capacity of your vehicle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle 4 26 If the vehicle is going to carry a heavy load spread it out See Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit earlier in this section A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross
22. If LIGHTS and HORN is selected the exterior lamps will flash when the LOCK button on the RKE transmitter is pressed and the horn will sound when the LOCK button on the RKE transmitter is pressed again within five seconds of the previous command To program this mode 1 Press the set reset button to scroll to OFF LIGHTS or LIGHTS and HORN 2 Press the options button again to advance to the next screen 3 91 If the vehicle does not have a content theft deterrent system the next screens with PROGRAMMING FINISHED and DISPLAY OFF will appear If the vehicle does have a content theft deterrent system the next screen will appear THEFT DETERRENT The vehicle may have a content theft deterrent system Once it is turned on the system will activate if someone tries to enter the vehicle without using the RKE transmitter or the correct key This screen allows this feature to be turned OFF or ON If OFF is selected the content theft deterrent system will not function If ON is selected the content theft deterrent system will be activated To program this mode 1 Press the set reset button to scroll to OFF or ON 2 Press the options button again to advance to the next screen 3 92 KEY CYLINDER DISARM If the vehicle has a content theft deterrent system and ON was selected on the THEFT DETERRENT screen this screen allows this feature to be turned OFF or ON This feature determines whether the driver s door key cy
23. Parking and Fog Lamps The front turn signal parking and fog lamps if the vehicle has them are located below the headlamp assembly The arrow indicates which is the turn signal parking lamp bulb The fog lamp bulb is below it if your vehicle has this bulb If you need to have fog lamp bulb replaced see your dealer retailer for service 3 Turn the bulb socket one quarter of a turn counterclockwise to remove it from its assembly 4 Pull the old bulb from the socket and replace it with A Front Turn Signal Parking Lamp B Fog Lamp If Equipped ANEN ONE To replace one of these bulbs do the following 5 ee a socket a quarter turn clockwise to 1 Follow Steps 1 through 4 of the headlamp 6 Reinstall the headlamp assembly replacement procedure See Headlamps and na f Sidemarker Lamps on page 5 54 for more 7 Push down on the metal retaining clip while pushing information rearward on the headlamp making sure the headlamp assembly is secure 8 Reinstall the bolt and tighten to secure 5 57 6 Remove the taillamp assembly by pulling it out from the vehicle Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps A Taillamp B Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps 7 Turn the appropriate lamp socket a quarter turn counterclockwise and remove it 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 14 for more information 2 Remove the convenience net if equipped by removing the net hook attachments 3 Remove the pl
24. See Power Steering Fluid on page 5 39 Electric Engine Cooling Fans See Cooling System on page 5 30 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Automatic Transmission Fluid Dipstick See Checking the Fluid Level under Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 5 22 Engine Coolant Bleed Valve See How to Add Coolant to the Radiator under Cooling System on page 5 30 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 41 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 20 When you open the hood on the 5 3L V8 engine here is what you will see A N ACS vi A is kg ez i ie wy 5 14 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 40 Battery See Battery on page 5 45 Underhood Fuse Block See Underhood Fuse Block on page 5 124 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 46 Pressure Cap See Pressure Cap on page 5 27 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir See Power Steering Fluid on page 5 39 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 A
25. ccccccssscsseeeeeeees 4 8 Transmission Fluid Automatic ccccec cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 22 Up Shift Light occcvcccet sav eneinaeceeheteeeeecteneedees 3 45 Transmission Operation Automatic 2 28 TUK sic scseotdinsanarnctendered menace E 2 14 Turn and Lane Change Signals c eeeee 3 8 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever eeeeeeeeeee 3 7 Uniform Tire Quality Grading cece 5 80 Up Shitt Light sessen e ee E 3 45 Using this Manual cece eeeeeeee eee eee teeta eeeen ees iii 13 Vehicle COMON cettes drcecasstsecse td E 4 3 Damage Warnings eeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeen eens iv LOAGING wise anann nne he a E eN 4 22 SVIMDONS ara E E E E iv Vehicle Customization DIC ccccceeee ee eee 3 89 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 7 16 Vehicle Identification Number VIN ssiseeiiadcbienvlenieereietectacetiy 5 119 Service Parts Identification Label 5 120 Vehicle Remote Start ccccceccceeeeeeeeneeeeees 2 7 Ventilation Adjustment cceeeeeeeee neste eee eee ee 3 36 WISOIS pasiran tnra ence piae E eds 2 18 W Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 38 Warnings DIC Warnings and Messages 6 0eeeeeee 3 67 Hazard Warning Flashers 3 6 Other Warning Devices cceeeeeeneeeeeeeees 3 6 Safety and Symbols cceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeee
26. even when you are on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle will not move See Shifting Into PARK P on page 2 34 If you are parking on a hill and if you are pulling a trailer also see Towing a Trailer on page 4 29 2 37 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror When you are sitting in a comfortable driving position adjust the mirror so you can see clearly behind your vehicle Grip the mirror in the center to move it up or down and side to side The day night adjustment allows you to adjust the mirror to avoid glare from the lamps behind you Push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it for nighttime use The mirror may have lights located on the bottom of the mirror Press the button next to each light to turn it on or off 2 38 Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar If your vehicle has this feature this mirror has a knob located at the bottom of the mirror It is used to change the mirror from day to night position To reduce glare from headlamps behind you while driving at night turn the knob counterclockwise For daytime driving turn the knob clockwise There are also three OnStar buttons located at the bottom of the mirror face See your dealer retailer for more information on the system and how to subscribe to OnStar See OnStar System on page 2 40 for more information about the services OnStar provides
27. indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service people who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system It is also important to check the oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally you must change the oil at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since the last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change the engine oil and filter based on vehicle use Whenever the oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where you change the oil prior to a CHANGE OIL SOON message appearing on the DIC reset the system To reset the oil life system after the oil has been changed 1 Press the options button on the DIC until ENGINE OIL MONITOR appears on the DIC screen 2 Press the set reset button to reset the system The next screen indicates that the engine oil monitor system has been reset If the vehicle is equipped with the trip computer DIC when the gage button is pressed and the OIL LIFE REMAINING mode appears it should read 100 percent OIL LIFE REMAINING 3 Turn the key to LOCK OFF If the CHANGE OIL SOON message comes bac
28. is in PARK P or NEUTRAL N to protect driveline components from improper operation There are several different positions for the shift lever 3800 V6 Engine PARK P This position locks the front wheels It is the best position to use when the engine is started because the vehicle cannot move easily A CAUTION It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P See Shifting Into PARK P on page 2 34 If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 29 Make sure the shift lever is fully in PARK P before starting the engine The vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control system You must fully apply your regular brakes first and then press the shift lever button located on the front of the shift lever before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition key is in RUN If the vehicle cannot be shifted out of PARK P ease pressure on the shift lever by pushing it all the way into PARK P as you maintain brake application Then press the shift lever button and move the shift le
29. 3 114 Theft Deterrent Feature 2 3 115 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 0 3 115 Radio Reception cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeereeees 3 116 Backglass Antenna ceeeeeeeeeeeenee eee eees 3 117 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 118 Chime Level Adjustment c eeeeeeeeeeeees 3 118 NOTES 3 3 Instrument Panel Overview OWE 3 4 The main components of the instrument panel are the following A B C Ac Side Window Defogger Outlets See Outlet Adjustment on page 3 36 Air Outlets See Outlet Adjustment on page 3 36 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever and Cruise Controls See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 and Cruise Control on page 3 12 TAP Shift Control If Equipped See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 28 Hazard Warning Flashers Button See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 Instrument Panel Cluster See Instrument Panel Cluster on page 3 39 Windshield Wiper Lever See Windshield Wiper Lever on page 3 10 Ignition See Ignition Positions on page 2 23 Driver Information Center DIC If Equipped See Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 55 Audio System See Audio System s on page 3 94 Audio Steering Wheel Controls If Equipped See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 115 ao Hood Release See Hood Release on page 5 11 Tilt Steering Wheel Lever on Steering Column See
30. 3 V8 Engine with Active Fuel f 5 129 4 NOTES 5 130 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 0seeeeeeeeeees 6 2 Owner Checks and Services 6 8 IMTOGUCHION cicesccuccesen set anann naai aa 6 2 At Each Fuel Fill sccceicusaccseteaedtasaneanetenueanees 6 8 Maintenance Requirements i e 6 2 At Least Once a Month ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 6 9 Your Vehicle and the Environment 5 6 2 At Least Once a Year aeee 6 9 Using the Maintenance Schedule 0 6 3 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Scheduled Maintenance 0 cseeeeeeeneeeeeneees 6 4 Maintenance Replacement Parts 04 6 13 Additional Required Services 0 eeeeeeee ee 6 6 Engine Drive Belt Routing eee 6 14 Maintenance Footnotes ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee 6 7 Maintenance Record eceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 6 15 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties See your Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer retailer for details Maintenance Requirements Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections replacement parts and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep your v
31. 5 24 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and filler neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap j Check throttle system for interference or binding and for damaged or missing parts Replace parts as needed Replace any components that have high effort or excessive wear Do not lubricate accelerator or cruise control cables k A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired and the fluid level checked Add fluid if needed m f you drive regularly under dusty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change n Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary 6 8 Owner Checks and Services These owner checks and services should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the safety dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle Your dealer retailer can assist you with these checks and services Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 At Each Fuel Fill It is important to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Notice It is important to check the engine oil regularly and keep it at the proper level Failure to keep the engine oil
32. Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Antilock Brake System ABS Your vehicle might have the Antilock Brake System ABS an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid If your vehicle has ABS this warning light on the instrument panel will come on briefly when you start your vehicle When you start the engine or when you begin to drive away ABS will check itself You might hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while this test is going on and you might even notice that the brake pedal moves or pulses a little This is normal Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each wheel ABS can change the brake pressure faster than any driver could The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions This can help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard As you brake the computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember ABS does not change the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you you will not have time to apply the
33. Anchor Locations t Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors Rear Seat To assist you in locating the lower anchors each seating position with lower anchors has two labels near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion 1 41 To assist you in locating the top tether anchors the top tether anchor symbol is located on the cover The top tether anchors are located on the rear seatback filler panel Open the cover to access the anchors Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed 1 42 Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 38 for additional information Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System Z CAUTION A CAUTION If a LATCH type child restraint is not attached to anchors the restraint will not be able to protect the child correctly In a crash the child could be seriously injured or killed Make sure Each top tether anchor and lower ancho
34. CD do the following 1 Turn the ignition on 2 Press and release the LOAD button 3 Wait for the indicator light located to the right of the slot to turn green 4 Load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls the CD in To insert multiple CDs do the following 1 Turn the ignition on 2 Press and hold the LOAD button for two seconds A beep sounds and the indicator light located to the right of the slot begins to flash 3 Once the light stops flashing and turns green load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls the CD in Once the CD is loaded the light begins flashing again Once the light stops flashing and turns green you can load another CD The CD player takes up to six CDs Do not try to load more than six 3 103 To load more than one CD but less than six complete Steps 1 through 3 When finished loading CDs the radio begins to play the last CD loaded If more than one CD has been loaded a number for each CD displays Playing a Specific Loaded CD For every CD loaded a number appears on the display To play a specific CD first press the CD AUX button then press the numbered pushbutton that corresponds to the CD A small bar appears under the CD number that is playing and the track number displays If an error appears on the display see CD Messages later in this section LOAD CD amp Eject Press the CD eject side o
35. Certain types of automotive applications such as airbag initiators seat belt pretensioners and lithium batteries contained in remote keyless entry transmitters may contain perchlorate materials Special handling may be necessary For additional information see www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Doing Your Own Service Work A CAUTION You can be injured and your vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowing enough about it CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If you use the wrong fasteners parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt If you want to do some of your own service work you should use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service your vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 64 You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work you perform See Maintenance Record on page 6 15 Adding Equipmen
36. EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was pressing the accelerator and or brake pedal e How fast the vehicle was traveling This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur Important EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location is recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR GM will not access this data or share it with others except with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee in response to an official request of police or similar government office as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or as required by law Dat
37. LAMPS reccs neesiana dhs 3 19 Instrument Panel Brightness nccccc 3 19 Courtesy LAMPS escescsciceiedsieenisedstcacesesasnenetabad 3 19 Dome LAMP isceiceestol sietasentesc seekers SSeeies A 3 20 Entry WIQHhing Gaarne a 3 20 Delayed Entry Lighting s iicrirs seiiirsiiieissy 3 20 Delayed Exit Lighting eeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 3 21 Front Reading Lamps seeeeeeeeeneeeee ees 3 21 Overhead Console Reading Lamps 3 21 Rear Assist Handle Reading Lamps 3 21 Electric Power Management i c 3 22 Instrument Panel Battery Run Down Protection cee 3 22 Head Up Display HUD c eeeeeeeeee eee ees 3 23 Accessory Power Outlet S e eeeeeeeeeeees 3 26 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter 8 3 27 Climate Controls 0cccceeeeeeee teense eeeeeeees 3 28 Climate Control System 3 28 Dual Automatic Climate Control System 3 32 Outlet Adjustment cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee nese eeees 3 36 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 3 36 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 38 Instrument Panel Cluster c eeeeeeeeee ees 3 39 Speedometer and Odometer eeeeeeeee 3 40 TACHOMETET irrorata Pirna Aia sioner 3 40 Safety Belt Reminders ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 41 Airbag Readiness Light aeneeeeneeeee 3 42 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
38. Labeling cceeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 63 Tire Terminology and Definitions 5 66 Inflation Tire Pressure eceeeeeeee eee ee eee eee 5 69 Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 eeeeeees 5 71 5 1 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 008 Tire Inspection and Rotation ee When It Is Time for New Tires ccecce Buying New Tires 0 cceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeenees Different Size Tires and Wheels 0008 Uniform Tire Quality Grading eeeee Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance Wheel Replacement eceeeeeeereeeeeeees Tire CHAINS sxsccescscusnencshc renadenn nnani ai If Tire Goes Flaticsniaiersiinorosieiiea Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit GXP Changing a Flat Tire cceeeeeeee scence eee ees Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire wei sew waaseadessiaacied Leewaia ENERE Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools Compact Spare Tire cceeeeeeeeeeeeee teen ees Appearance Care l Interior Cleaning ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eeees Fabtic Carpetis cciaidis cvaeots ias esar iepene Leathainn nacinemetse tata E EEEE Ultra Lux Suede cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eeees Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUIPACES 2 0 e eee ere eee cece A teense tenes Care
39. Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle clockwise Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground for the compact spare tire to attach to the vehicle 7 Remove all wheel nuts and take off the flat tire 5 103 8 Remove any rust or dirt gor from the wheel bolts ZS CAUTION X mounting surfaces fo SS RE Ti and spare wheel aa gt Rust or dirt on a wheel or other parts to which it is fastened can make the wheel nuts become loose and eventually the wheel could come off and cause a crash Always remove all rust and dirt from wheels and other parts 9 Install the compact spare tire 5 104 Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts Because the nuts might come loose The vehicle s wheel could fall off causing a crash 10 Reinstall the wheel nuts with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel Tighten each nut by hand until the wheel is held against the hub 11 Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle counterclockwise Lower the jack completely 5 105 A CAUTION Incorrect or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to come loose and even come off This could lead to a crash If you have to replace them be sure to get new original equipment wheel nuts Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 128 for wheel nut torque specification Notice Improp
40. Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice Your vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines e Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not make full throttle starts Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle e Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings e Do not tow a trailer during break in See Towing a Trailer on page 4 29 for the trailer towing capabilities of your vehicle and more information Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased Ignition Positions The ignition switch is located on the instrument panel to the right of the steering column There are four different positions Insert the key in the ignition and turn it to the right for each position In order to shift out of PARK P ignition must be in the ON RUN and the regular brake pedal must be applied Notice Using a tool to force the key from the ignition switch could cause damage or break the key Use the correct key and turn the key only with your hand Make sure the key is all the way in If none of this works then your vehicle needs serv
41. Step 4 6 Turn on the low beam headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in front of the headlamp not being aimed This should allow only the beam of light from the headlamp being aimed to be seen on the flat surface Notice Do not cover a headlamp to improve beam cut off when aiming Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build up which may cause damage to the headlamp Driver s Side shown 7 Locate the vertical headlamp aiming screws which are under the hood near the headlamps Turn the vertical aiming screw until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line The adjustment screws can be turned with a 6 mm hex key bit socket or a 6 mm hex key 10 Turn the vertical aiming screw until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line Turn it clockwise or counterclockwise to raise or lower the angle of the beam Make sure that the light from the headlamp is positioned at the bottom edge of the horizontal tape line The lamp on the left A shows the correct headlamp aim The lamp on the right B shows the incorrect headlamp aim Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for the opposite headlamp 5 53 Bulb Replacement For the proper type of replacement bulbs see Replacement Bulbs on page 5 60 For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section contact your dealer retailer Halogen Bulbs A CAUTION Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop o
42. To prevent the air inside the vehicle from becoming stale be sure to turn off recirculation periodically pi Bi Level This mode directs half of the air to the instrument panel outlets and the remaining air to the floor outlets Some air may be directed toward the windshield Slightly cooler air is directed to the instrument panel outlets and warmer air is directed to the floor outlets ted Floor This mode directs most of the air to the floor outlets with some air directed toward the side window outlets and a little air directed to the windshield In this mode the system will automatically use outside air The air conditioning compressor will be engaged unless the outside temperature is 40 F 4 C or below Recirculation cannot be selected when in this mode even though the indicator light comes on when the recirculation button is pressed The middle knob on the climate control panel can also be used to select the defog or defrost mode Defogging and Defrosting Fog on the inside of the vehicle is a result of high humidity causing moisture to condense on the cool window glass This can be minimized if the climate control system is used properly There are two modes to clear frost or fog from the windshield Use the defog mode to clear the windows of condensation and to warm the vehicle s occupants Use the defrost mode to remove frost or condensation from the windshield quickly See Rear Window Defogger later in th
43. We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 60 for additional information 1 49 If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 39 for how to install your child restraint using LATCH If you secure a child restraint using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 39 for top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint 1 Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator on the passenger airbag sta
44. Your dealer retailer will set the correct zone for your location Under certain circumstances such as during a long distance cross country trip or moving to a new state or province it will be necessary to compensate for compass variance by resetting the zone through the DIC if the zone is not set correctly Compass variance is the difference between the earth s magnetic north and true geographic north If the compass is not set to the zone where you live the compass may give false readings The compass must be set to the variance zone in which the vehicle is traveling 3 65 Compass Calibration The compass can be manually calibrated Only calibrate the compass in a magnetically clean and safe location such as an open parking lot where driving the vehicle in circles is not a danger It is suggested to calibrate away from tall buildings utility wires manhole covers or other industrial structures if possible If the DIC display does not show a heading for example N for North or the heading does not change after making turns there may be a strong magnetic field interfering with the compass Such interference may be caused by a magnetic CB or cell phone antenna mount a magnetic emergency light magnetic note pad holder or any other magnetic item Turn off the vehicle move the magnetic item then turn on the vehicle and calibrate the compass To adjust for compass variance and to calibrate the compass use the follow
45. a few seconds then goes to the next station Press either scan arrow again to stop scanning The sound mutes while seeking or scanning The radio seeks or scans stations only with a strong signal that are in the selected band 3 115 When a CD is playing press either scan arrow to go to the previous or next track if more than eight seconds have played If either scan arrow is held or pressed more than once the player continues moving backward or forward through the CD BAND Press this button to switch between FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 if equipped 1 6 Preset Pushbuttons Press this button to play stations that are programmed on the radio preset pushbuttons The radio seeks preset stations only with a strong signal that are in the selected band rf Mute OnStar Press this button to silence the system Press this button again to turn the sound on If your vehicle is equipped with OnStar press and hold this button to interact with the OnStar system See the OnStar System on page 2 40 in this manual for more information gt Play When listening to the radio press this button to play a CD A V Volume Press the volume arrows to increase or decrease the volume 3 116 Radio Reception Frequency interference and static during normal radio reception can occur if items such as cellphone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory powe
46. alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of the brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake The brakes might not have time to cool between hard stops The brakes will wear out much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If your vehicle s engine ever stops while you are driving brake normally but do not pump the brakes If you do the pedal could get harder to push down If the engine stops you will still have some power brake assist But you will use it when you brake Once the power assist is used up it can take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See
47. and you or others can be injured or killed Always keep your eyes on the road and your mind on the drive avoid engaging in extended searching while driving Keeping your mind on the drive is important for safe driving See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 Here are some ways in which you can help avoid distraction while driving While your vehicle is parked e Familiarize yourself with all of its controls e Familiarize yourself with its operation 3 94 e Set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite radio stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has them Notice Before adding any sound equipment to your vehicle such as an audio system CD player CB radio mobile telephone or two way radio make sure that it can be added by checking with your dealer retailer Also check federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone units If sound equipment can be added it is very important to do it properly Added sound equipment may interfere with the operation of your vehicle s engine radio or other systems and even damage them Your vehicle s systems may interfere with the operation of sound equipment that has been added Notice The chime signals related to safety belts parking brake and other functions of your vehicle operate through the radio entertainmen
48. and a serious accident See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 CAUTION Continued 5 62 CAUTION Continued e Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause serious injury Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure Tire pressure should be checked when your vehicle s tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 69 Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire s tread is badly worn or if your vehicle s tires have been damaged replace them Low Profile Performance Tire GXP If your vehicle has P255 45R18 size tires on the front wheels and P225 50R18 size tires on the rear wheels they are classified as low profile performance tires These tires are designed for very responsive driving on wet or dry pavement You may also notice more road noise with low profile performance tires and that they tend to wear faster Notice lf your vehicle has low profile tires they are more susceptible to damage from road hazards or curb impact than standard profile tires Tire and or wheel assembly damage can occur when coming into contact with road hazards like potholes or sharp edged objects or when sliding into a curb Your vehicle warranty does not cover this type of damag
49. as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort enhancing pad or device installed under or on top of the seat fabric could also interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing system This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger airbag s or prevent the passenger sensing system from properly turning off the passenger airbag s See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 60 If you have any questions about this you should contact Customer Assistance before you modify your vehicle The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 Because have a disability have to get my vehicle modified How can find out whether this will affect my airbag system If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 In addition your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about the location of the airbag sensors sensing and diagnostic module and airbag wiring 1 65 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Safety Belts Now and then make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or d
50. as the default display See RCL later in this section for more information The new track name appears on the display File System and Naming The song name that is displayed is the song name that is contained in the IDS tag If the song name is not present in the ID3 tag then the radio displays the file name without the extension Such as mp3 as the track name Track names longer than 32 characters or four pages are shortened Parts of words on the last page of text and the extension of the filename does not display Preprogrammed Playlists Preprogrammed playlists that were created by WinAmp MusicMatch or Real Jukebox software can be accessed however they cannot be edited using the radio These playlists are treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files Playing an MP3 Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and READING displays The CD should begin playing and the CD symbol appears on the display If you want to insert a CD with the ignition off first press the EJECT button or the RCL knob If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts to play where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source As each new track starts to play the track number appears on the display 3 111 gt 1 Forward Press and hold this pushbutton to advance quickly withi
51. brake system warning light is not on your vehicle still has brakes but not antilock brakes If the regular brake system warning light is also on your vehicle does not have antilock brakes and there is a problem with the regular brakes See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 45 For vehicles with a Driver Information Center DIC see DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 for all brake related DIC messages Traction Control System TCS Warning Light If the vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS this light may come on for the following reasons e The traction control button located on the center console is pressed turning the system off The light will stay on To turn the system back on press the button again and the warning light should go out See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 for more information e lf there is a brake system problem that is specifically related to traction control the TCS will turn off and the warning light will come on e f the brakes begin to overheat the TCS will turn off and the warning light will come on until the brakes cool down If the TCS warning light comes on and stays on for an extended period of time when the system is turned on the vehicle needs service 3 47 Enhanced Traction System Warning Light For vehicles with the Enhanced Traction System ETS this light may come on for the following reasons e If the traction control button located on
52. brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even though you have ABS Using ABS Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let antilock work for you You might feel a slight brake pedal pulsation or notice some noise but this is normal Braking in Emergencies At some time nearly every driver gets into a situation that requires hard braking If you have ABS you can steer and brake at the same time However if you do not have ABS your first reaction to hit the brake pedal hard and hold it down might be the wrong thing to do Your wheels can stop rolling Once they do the vehicle cannot respond to your steering Momentum will carry it in whatever direction it was headed when the wheels stopped rolling That could be off the road into the very thing you were trying to avoid or into traffic If you do not have ABS use a squeeze braking technique This will give you maximum braking while maintaining steering control You can do this by pushing on the brake pedal with steadily increasing pressure In an emergency you will probably want to squeeze the brakes hard without locking the wheels If you hear or feel the wheels sliding ease off the brake pedal This will help you retain steering control If you do have ABS it is different See Antilock Brake System ABS on page 4 4 In many emergencies steering can help you more than even the ver
53. cooling system and transmission e Going down steep or long hills shift to a lower gear A CAUTION If you do not shift down the brakes could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope A CAUTION Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL N or with the ignition off is dangerous The brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down and they could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have the engine running and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill e Stay in your own lane Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane e Top of hills Be alert something could be in your lane stalled car accident e Pay attention to special road signs falling rocks area winding roads long grades passing or no passing zones and take appropriate action Winter Driving Here are some tips for winter driving e Have your vehicle in good shape for winter e You might want to put winter emergency supplies in your trunk Include an ice scraper a small brush or broom a supply of windshield washer fluid a rag some winter outer clothing a small shovel a flashlight a red cloth and a couple of reflective warning
54. covers the need to replace other parts e Your vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy on page 7 16 and Event Data Recorders on page 7 16 e Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag systems Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work properly See your dealer retailer for service 1 59 Passenger Sensing System Your vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger s position The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible on the instrument panel when you start your vehicle PASSENGER AIRBAG A wy A A OFF ON United States Canada The words ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off will be visible during the system check If you are using remote start to start your vehicle from a distance if equipped you may not see the system check When the system check is complete either the word ON or the word OFF or the symbol for on or the symbol for off will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 43 1 60 The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions The drivers airbags are not part of the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger s seat The senso
55. cushion by moving the front of the control up or down e Raise or lower the rear part of the seat cushion by moving the rear of the control up or down e Raise or lower the entire seat by moving the entire control up or down Power Lumbar Driver s Seat with Power Seat Power Lumbar and Manual Recline shown Your driver s seat may have power lumbar The control is located on the outboard side of the seat cushion Press the control forward to increase lumbar support Press the control rearward to decrease lumbar support Keep in mind that as your seating position changes as it may during long trips so should the position of your lumbar support Adjust the seat as needed Heated Seats If the vehicle has this feature the buttons are located on the climate control panel See Climate Control System on page 3 28 for more information Press the button once to activate the high heat setting Both indicator lights next to the button will come on Press the button again to select the lower temperature setting Only the bottom indicator light will come on Press the button a third time to turn the heat off This feature only works when the ignition is on Reclining Seatbacks A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust t
56. disengage When road conditions allow safe use of it the cruise control can be used again See Cruise Control on page 3 12 for more information Steering Power Steering If you lose power steering assist because the engine stops or the system is not functioning you can steer but it will take much more effort Variable Effort Steering If your vehicle has this steering system the system provides less steering effort for parking and when driving at speeds below 20 mph 32 km h Steering effort will increase at higher speeds for improved road feel Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed A lot of the driver lost control accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves Here is why Experienced driver or beginner each of us is subject to the same laws of physics when driving on curves The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels If there is no traction inertia will keep the vehicle going in the same direction If you have ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice you will understand this The traction you can get in a curve depends on the condition of the tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and your speed While you are in a curve speed is the one factor you can control Suppose you are steering through a sharp curve Then you suddenly apply the brakes Both contro
57. display the first screen 4 Press the options button to access these modes Personal Programming Mode Screens EXTERIOR LIGHTING DELAY This screen allows this feature to be turned off or allows the selection of the number of seconds the exterior lamps are turned on after the key is removed from the ignition or the vehicle is unlocked using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter If OFF is selected the exterior lamps will not turn on If a time delay is chosen the lamps will turn on for the selected time The time delay will be cancelled and the exterior lamps will turn on automatically when the key is removed from the ignition or the vehicle is unlocked using the RKE transmitter To program this mode 1 Press and release the set reset button to scroll to the selection you want to program Choose from OFF 15 30 60 or 90 seconds 2 Press the options button again to advance to the next screen 3 89 INTERIOR LIGHTS WHEN DOOR CLOSED This screen allows this feature to be turned OFF or ON If OFF is selected the interior lamps will turn off immediately when the ignition is turned off and the last open door is closed If ON is selected the interior lamps will stay on for about 25 seconds after the vehicle s ignition is turned off and the last open door is closed To program this mode 1 Press and release the set reset button to scroll to either OFF or ON 2 Press the options button again to advanc
58. displayed in one of three languages English French or Spanish The speedometer reading and other numerical values can be displayed in either English or metric units The language selection and the units of measurement are changed through the trip computer in the Driver Information Center DIC See Options under DIC Operation and Displays Uplevel DIC with Trip Computer on page 3 55 or DIC Operation and Displays Base Level DIC on page 3 62 The HUD information appears as an image focused out toward the front of the vehicle 3 23 When the ignition key is turned to ON RUN the HUD will display an introductory message for a short time until the HUD has warmed up The following indicator lights come on the instrument panel when activated and will also appear on the HUD e Turn Signal Indicators e High Beam Indicator Symbol The HUD will temporarily display CHECK TRIP COMPUTER when there are messages on the DIC trip computer The HUD will also display the following messages when these systems if the vehicle has them are active e TRACTION CONTROL ACTIVE e STABILITY CONTROL ACTIVE The HUD will temporarily display the TRACTION CONTROL OFF message when the traction control system is turned off The HUD will temporarily display the CRUISE SET message when cruise control is activated or cruise speed is increased Notice If you try to use the HUD image as a parking aid you may misjudge the distance and d
59. down other wet weather driving tips include e Allow extra following distance e Pass with caution e Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape e Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir filled e Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires on page 5 62 Before Leaving on a Long Trip To prepare your vehicle for a long trip consider having it serviced by your dealer retailer before departing Things to check on your own include Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir full Windows clean inside and outside Wiper Blades In good shape Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids All levels checked Lamps Do they all work and are lenses clean Tires Are treads good Are tires inflated to recommended pressure Weather and Maps Safe to travel Have up to date maps Highway Hypnosis Always be alert and pay attention to your surroundings while driving If you become tired or sleepy find a safe place to park your vehicle and rest Other driving tips include Keep the vehicle well ventilated Keep interior temperature cool Keep your eyes moving scan the road ahead and to the sides Check the rearview mirror and vehicle instruments often Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain Tips for driving in these conditions include e Keep your vehicle serviced and in good shape e Check all fluid levels and brakes tires
60. driven The vehicle may be driven at a reduced speed while this message is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced Anytime this message stays on the vehicle should be taken to your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible This message displays only when the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds while this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on REMOTE START ACTIVE PRESS HAZARD SWITCH TO CANCEL If your vehicle has the remote start feature this message displays when a remote start is initiated If you would like to cancel the remote start turn on the hazard warning flashers See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 REMOTE START DISABLED If your vehicle has the remote start feature this message displays if a remote start attempt is unsuccessful This may be caused if any of the following conditions are true when a remote start attempt is made e The remote start system is disabled through the DIC e The key is in the ignition e The hood or the doors are not closed e There is an emission control syste
61. e The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage The rubber in tires degrades over time even if they are not being used This is also true for the spare tire if your vehicle has one Multiple conditions affect how fast this aging takes place including temperatures loading conditions and inflation pressure maintenance With proper care and maintenance tires will typically wear out before they degrade due to age If you are unsure about the need to replace your tires as they get older consult the tire manufacturer for more information 5 77 Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC Spec system rating If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating This way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system performance ride and handling traction control and tire pressure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall near t
62. engine and radiator are hot A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine Occasionally check the coolant level in the radiator For information on how to add coolant to the radiator see Cooling System on page 5 30 Pressure Cap Notice f the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location Engine Overheating There is a coolant temperature gage and a warning light on the instrument panel that indicate an overheated engine condition See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3 49 and Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 48 5 27 If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood If you keep driving when the vehicles engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is co
63. if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 5 78 and Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for additional information 5 80 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards Treadwear The treadwear grade is a compar
64. in LOCK OFF they will automatically turn off after 10 minutes The lamps will not come back on again until any of the following are done e The ignition is turned to ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY e The interior lamps control is turned completely to the right then back slightly to the left e Open or close and reopen a door that is closed If the vehicle has less than 15 miles 25 km on the odometer the battery saver will turn off the lamps after only three minutes Head Up Display HUD A CAUTION If the HUD image is too bright or too high in your field of view it may take you more time to see things you need to see when it is dark outside Be sure to keep the HUD image dim and placed low in your field of view If the vehicle has the Head Up Display HUD some information concerning the operation of the vehicle is projected onto the windshield This includes the speedometer reading transmission positions compass direction outside air temperature the tap shift gear and the upshift symbol if active and a brief display of the current radio station including XM information or CD track It will also display turn by turn guidance information if the vehicle has a navigation radio The images are projected by the HUD lens located on the driver s side of the instrument panel The tap shift gear and the upshift symbol will also appear on the HUD if the vehicle has tap shift and it is active The HUD information can be
65. it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs might not be covered by your warranty Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing the emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to the fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if your vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Also your dealer retailer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines might be available in your area We recommend that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under your warran
66. it was designed to carry When to Check Check your tires once a month or more Do not forget to check the compact spare tire it should be at 60 psi 420 kPa For additional information regarding the compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 5 109 5 70 How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are under inflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Re check the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture Tire Pressure Monitor System The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure
67. locked To turn the delayed exit lighting feature off or on see Personal Programming Mode Screens under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 89 Front Reading Lamps If the vehicle has a sunroof there are reading lamps in front of the sunroof switch located on the headliner These lamps will come on when the doors are opened Press the side of each reading lamp to turn them on and off when the doors are closed Overhead Console Reading Lamps The vehicle may have reading lamps on the overhead console These lamps will turn on when the doors are opened When the doors are closed press the side of each lamp to turn them on and off Rear Assist Handle Reading Lamps If the vehicle has a reading lamp on each rear assist handle press the side of each lamp to turn it on or off 3 21 Electric Power Management The vehicle has Electric Power Management EPM that estimates the battery s temperature and state of charge It then adjusts the voltage for best performance and extended life of the battery When the battery s state of charge is low the voltage is raised slightly to quickly put the charge back in When the state of charge is high the voltage is lowered slightly to prevent overcharging If the vehicle has a voltmeter gage or voltage display on the Driver Information Center DIC you may see the voltage move up or down This is normal If there is a problem an alert will be displayed The battery can be disc
68. message displays if one of the vehicle s parking lamps needs to be replaced See Front Turn Signal Parking and Fog Lamps on page 5 57 for bulb replacement procedures This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds while this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on SERVICE STABILITY SYSTEM This symbol comes on with this message 5 If the vehicle has the StabiliTrak Plus system this message displays when it is not functioning properly A warning light also appears on the instrument panel cluster See Traction Control System TCS Warning Light on page 3 47 See StabiliTrak Plus System on page 4 8 for more information Have the StabiliTrak Plus system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds while this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when t
69. not unlock with the power door lock switch The remote alarm will sound if someone tampers with the trunk or enters the vehicle without using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter or key to unlock the doors The horn will sound and the headlamps will flash for up to two minutes The system will also cut off the fuel supply preventing the vehicle from being driven Arming with the Power Lock Switch The vehicle s content theft deterrent alarm system can be activated when the key is removed from the ignition and the power door lock switch of either the driver s or front passenger s door is used to lock the vehicle The door needs to be in the open position when pressing the power door lock switch The alarm system will not activate if the door is closed and the power door lock switch is pressed This system can be activated through the Driver s Information Center DIC See Lock Switch Arm under the Personal Programming Mode Screens in DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 89 When the doors are locked using the power door lock switch of either front door the red light if your vehicle has one will start flashing indicating that the system is arming After all the doors are closed there will be a time delay and then the red light if your vehicle has one will begin to flash at a very slow rate indicating the system is armed Arming with the RKE Transmitter The alarm system will arm when the RKE transmitter is used t
70. of fuses circuit breakers and fusible thermal links This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating If you ever have a problem on the road and don t have a spare fuse you can borrow one that has the same amperage Just pick some feature of your vehicle that you can get along without like the radio or cigarette lighter and use its fuse if it is the correct amperage Replace it as soon as you can 5 121 Instrument Panel Fuse Block Some fuses are in a fuse pf block located on the end of the instrument panel on the passenger side K To get to the fuse block lift up on the side panel A fuse usage chart is on the inside of this panel 5 122 ONSTAR ALDL INT IGHT PWR SEAT SUN ROOF HVAC DRLKTRUNK AFAMOD DISPLAYS SPRING COIL 2 PKLAMPS HMSLBKUP El CRUISE SW RADIO AMP PKLP RR DEFOG SUN ROOF Sunroof RAP Retained Accessory Power CRUISE SW DR LKTRUNK ONSTAR ALDL PK LP RR DEFOG CANISTER Fuel Tank Solenoid Canister PK LAMPS _ Parking Lamps RADIO AMP_ Radio Amplifier Remote Function Activator Remote RFAMOD Keyless Entry Instrument Panel Displays Head Up Display HUD Driver Information Center DIC DISPLAYS INT LIGHT HVAC Climate Control
71. or a manual transmission in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake Notice If you leave your radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always turn off your radio and other accessories when jump starting your vehicle 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlet Turn off the radio and all lamps that are not needed This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries And it could save the radio Open the hood on the other vehicle and locate the positive and negative terminal locations on that vehicle You will not use your vehicle s battery for jump starting It has a remote positive jump starting terminal located on the underhood fuse block for that purpose If your vehicle has one of the 3 8L V6 engines to uncover the remote positive terminal press the tab at the bottom of the fuse block and lift the cover up If your vehicle has the 5 3L V8 engine to uncover the remote positive terminal remove the fuse block cover 5 3L V8 Engine 5 47 Always use the remote positive terminal instead of the positive terminal on the battery See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location A CAUTION An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not run
72. performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment might need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road the tires and wheels might need to be rebalanced See your dealer retailer for proper diagnosis 5 82 Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer retailer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer retailer will know the kind of wheel
73. plays for a few seconds then goes to the next station Press either SCAN arrow again to stop scanning 3 97 To scan preset stations press and hold either SCAN arrow for more than four seconds until PSCAN or PRESET SCAN and the preset number displays and a double beep sounds The radio goes to the first preset station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next preset station Press either SCAN arrow again to stop scanning presets The radio scans stations only with a strong signal that are in the selected band Setting Preset Stations Up to 30 stations six FM1 six FM2 and six AM six XM1 and six XM2 if equipped can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press BAND to select FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 Tune in the desired station 4 Press EQ or depending on the radio AUTO EQ to select the equalization w 5 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons until a beep sounds When that numbered pushbutton is pressed the station that was set returns and the equalization that was selected is stored for that pushbutton 6 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton 3 98 Setting the Tone Bass Midrange Treble TONE Press and release the TONE button until BASS MID midrange or TREB treble displays The SELECT LED indicator lights to show that the tone control can be adjusted Turn the SELECT knob to increase or to decrease If
74. product Rinse the vehicle well before washing and after to remove all cleaning agents completely If they are allowed to dry on the surface they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle Avoid using high pressure washes closer than 12 inches 30 cm to the surface of the vehicle Use of power washers exceeding 1 200 psi 8 274 kPa can result in damage or removal of paint and decals Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 114 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish You can get approved cleaning products from your dealer retailer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 118 If your vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish the clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on your vehicle Foreign materials such as ca
75. reset To reset the engine oil monitor system see Engine Oil Life System on page 5 18 PERSONAL PROGRAMMING MODE This menu allows you to customize several features on your vehicle See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 89 for more information Press the options button again to advance to the next screen TIRE PRESSURE This menu shows the tire pressure for each tire The tire pressure will be shown in either pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa Press the options button until the DIC shows the tire pressure for the front tires Press the options button again to view the pressure for the rear tires If a low tire pressure condition is detected by the system while driving a message advising you to check the pressure in a specific tire will appear in the display See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 69 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 for more information If the tire pressure display shows dashes instead of a value there may be a problem with your vehicle If this consistently occurs see your dealer retailer for service DISPLAY OFF will appear on the next screen The screen will count down and then go blank Press the options button to advance to a new screen Press the options button to return to the main date screen DIC Compass Uplevel DIC Your vehicle may have a compass in the Driver Information Center DIC Compass Zone The zone is set to zone eight upon leaving the factory
76. s or front passenger s door See Remote Trunk Release following The vehicle must be in PARK P in order for the trunk to open Remote Trunk Release This feature is used to unlock the trunk from inside the vehicle using the power door lock switch Press and hold the drivers side power door lock switch to unlock the trunk Driver s Side Emergency Trunk Release Handle Notice Do not use the emergency trunk release handle as a tie down or anchor point when securing items in the trunk as it could damage the handle The emergency trunk release handle is only intended to aid a person trapped in a latched trunk enabling them to open the trunk from the inside There is a glow in the dark emergency trunk release handle located on the trunk latch of the trunk lid This handle will glow following exposure to light If ever needed pull the emergency trunk release handle to open the trunk from the inside 2 15 Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a pet alone ina vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather 2 16 Use the switches on the driver s door to operate each of the windows Power Windows A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with th
77. screen 2 Press the set reset button to scroll through and set the language choice 3 Press the options button again to advance to the next screen DISPLAY UNITS This menu allows selection of measurements to be displayed in English or metric units The messages on the HUD if equipped and the instrument panel cluster will also appear in the type of measurement selected To set the display units function 1 Press the set reset button to select ENGLISH or METRIC 2 Press the options button to advance to the next screen DAYTIME DISPLAY ENHANCEMENT This menu allows selection of the color of the display message When ON is selected for the daytime enhancement the messages will appear black on a red screen This combination makes it easier to see the DIC messages during the daytime When OFF is selected or when the headlamps are on the messages will appear red on a black background To set the daytime display enhancement function 1 Press the set reset button to select OFF or ON 2 Press the options button to advance to the next screen 3 59 ENGINE OIL MONITOR SYSTEM This menu allows the engine oil monitor system to be reset To reset the engine oil monitor system see Engine Oil Life System on page 5 18 Press the options button to advance to the next screen COMPASS CALIBRATION MODE This menu allows you to adjust for compass variance See DIC Compass Uplevel DIC on page 3 65 for more information P
78. seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on CHECK TIRE PRESSURE This message displays when the pressure in one or more of the vehicle s tires needs to be checked This message also displays LEFT FRONT RIGHT FRONT 3 70 LEFT REAR or RIGHT REAR to indicate which tire needs to be checked You can receive more than one tire pressure message at a time To read the other messages that may have been sent at the same time press the set reset button If a tire pressure message appears on the DIC stop as soon as you can Have the tire pressures checked and set to those shown on the Tire Loading Information label See Tires on page 5 62 Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 69 The DIC also shows the tire pressure values See DIC Operation and Displays Uplevel DIC with Trip Computer on page 3 55 or DIC Operation and Displays Base Level DIC on page 3 62 If the tire pressure is low the low tire pressure warning light comes on See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 49 This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for three s
79. showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following e Too much flexing e Too much heat e Tire overloading e Premature or irregular wear e Poor handling e Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following e Unusual wear e Poor handling e Rough ride e Needless damage from road hazards 5 69 A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to your vehicle This label shows your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the Tire and Loading Information label see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort Never load your vehicle with more weight than
80. smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by your warranty 3 50 Notice Modifications made to the engine transmission exhaust intake or fuel system of your vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect your vehicle s emission controls and can cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by your warranty This could also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 This light comes on as a check to show it is working when the ignition is turned ON RUN but the engine is not running If the light does not come on have it repaired This light also comes on during a malfunction in one of two ways e Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and could damage the emission control system on your vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required e Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required If the Light is Flashing The following can prevent more serious damage to your vehicle e Reduce vehicle speed e Avoid hard accelerations e Avoid steep uphill grades e If you are towing a trailer reduce the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as i
81. surface e A stiff brush It can cause damage to your vehicle s interior surfaces e Heavy pressure or aggressive rubbing with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage your interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal e Laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers can leave residue that streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide Use only mild neutral pH soaps e Too much cleaner that saturates the upholstery e Organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc that can damage your vehicle s interior Fabric Carpet Cleaning Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of dust and loose dirt Wipe vinyl leather plastic and painted surfaces with a clean damp cloth Your dealer retailer has cleaners for the cleaning of fabric and carpet They will clean normal spots and stains very well If the vehicle has the Ultra Lux suede fabric follow the listed procedures except do not use any solvents or dry cleaning products Here are some cleaning tips e Always read the instructions on the cleaner label e Clean up stains as soon as you can before they set e Carefully scrape off any excess stain e Use a clean cloth or sponge and change to a clean area often A soft brush may be used if stains are stubborn e To avoid forming a ring on fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately or
82. switch between track mode folder playlist mode and time of day mode The display shows only 13 characters but there can be up to three pages of text If there are more than 13 characters in the song folder or playlist name pushing this knob within two seconds takes you to the next page of text If there are no other pages to be shown pushing this knob within two seconds takes you to the next display mode Track mode displays the current track number and the ID3 tag song name Folder playlist mode displays the current folder or playlist number and the folder playlist name Time of day mode displays the time of day and the ID3 tag song name To change the default on the display push this knob until you see the desired display then hold this knob for two seconds The radio produces one beep and the selected display is now the default INFO Information INFO displays whenever a current track has ID3 tag information Press this button to display the artist name and album contained in the tag INFO disappears from the display when the information in the ID3 tag has finished BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The inactive CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio The CD symbol appears on the display when a CD is loaded EJECT Press this button to eject a CD Eject may be activated with either the igniti
83. the center console is pressed turning the system off This light will come on and stay on To turn the system back on press the button again and the warning light should turn off See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 7 e If the system is affected by an engine related problem the system will turn off and the warning light will come on If the light comes on and stays on for an extended period of time when the system is turned on the vehicle needs service 3 48 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light This light indicates that the engine coolant has overheated or the radiator cooling fan is not working a RAAT If the vehicle has been operating under normal driving conditions pull off the road stop the vehicle and turn off the engine as soon as possible See Cooling System on page 5 30 for more information Engine Coolant Temperature Gage The vehicle has a gage that shows the engine coolant temperature If the gage pointer moves into the shaded area the engine is too hot That reading means the engine coolant has overheated If you have been operating the vehicle under normal driving conditions you should pull off the road stop the vehicle and turn off the engine as soon as possible See Cooling System on page 5 30 for more information Tire Pressure Light This light comes on briefly when the engine is started This light will also come on when one or more of your tires are signifi
84. the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the N
85. the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds while this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on SERVICE ABS SYSTEM i If the vehicle has the Antilock Brake System ABS this message displays when the vehicle s brakes are not functioning properly Have the brake system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible This symbol comes on with this message This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds while this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM This symbol comes on with this message This message displays when the vehicle s brakes are not functioning pro
86. the inside surface is damaged it could interfere with radio reception Also for proper radio reception the antenna connector at the top center of the rear window needs to be properly attached to the post on the glass Notice Using a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window may damage the rear window antenna and or the rear window defogger Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not clear the inside rear window with sharp objects Notice Do not apply aftermarket glass tinting with metallic film The metallic film in some tinting materials will interfere with or distort the incoming radio reception Any damage caused to your backglass antenna due to metallic tinting materials will not be covered by your warranty Because this antenna is built into the rear window there is a reduced risk of damage caused by car washes and vandals If static is heard on the radio when the rear window defogger is turned on it could mean that a defogger grid line has been damaged and the grid line must be repaired If adding a cellular telephone to your vehicle and the antenna needs to be attached to the glass make sure that you do not damage the grid lines for the AM FM antenna There is enough space between the lines to attach a cellular telephone antenna without interfering with radio reception 3 117 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System The XM Satellite Radio antenna is located on the roof of the vehicl
87. the matching process stops and you need to start over The TPMS matching process is outlined below 1 Set the parking brake 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON RUN with the engine off 3 Press the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter s LOCK and UNLOCK buttons at the same time for approximately five seconds The horn sounds twice to signal the receiver is in relearn mode 4 Start with the driver side front tire 5 Remove the valve cap from the tire s valve stem Activate the TPMS sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure for 10 seconds or until a horn chirp sounds The horn chirp which may take up to 30 seconds to sound confirms that the sensor identification code has been matched to the tire wheel position 6 Proceed to the passenger side front tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 7 Proceed to the passenger side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 8 Proceed to the driver side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 The horn sounds two times to indicate the sensor identification code has been matched to the driver side rear tire and the TPMS sensor matching process is no longer active 9 Turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF 10 Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the tire and loading information label 11 Put the valve caps back on the valve stems Tire Inspection and Rotation We recommend that you regularly inspect your ve
88. the right side of the steering column operates the windshield wipers O Off Lower the lever to its original position to turn the wipers off J Delay Push the lever up once to this position to set a delay between wiping cycles Turn the delay adjustment band to set the length of the delay 4 Delay Adjustment Turn the band located on the left of the windshield wiper lever to set the length of the delay between wiper cycles when using the delay feature There are five delay adjustment settings Turn the band up to make the delays shorter in between wiper cycles Turn the band down to make the delays longer between wiper cycles The windshield wiper lever must be in delay for this feature to work GED Low Speed Push the lever up to the second position for steady wiping cycles at a slow speed Se High Speed Push the lever up to the third position for steady wiping cycles at a high speed wv Mist For a single wiping cycle push the lever down once and let go The wipers will stop after one cycle For additional cycles hold the lever down About 30 seconds after the wipers are on the headlamps taillamps and instrument panel lighting will come on and the Driver Information Center DIC back lighting will decrease to the night time mode About ten seconds after the wipers are turned off all the lamps will go back to the AUTO Automatic mode See Exterior Lamps on page 3 16 Windshield Washer A CAUTION
89. they work with safety belts not instead of them Whether or not an airbag is provided all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions Q If am a good driver and I never drive far from A home why should I wear safety belts You may be an excellent driver but if you are in a crash even one that is not your fault you and your passenger s can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This section is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and babies If a child will be riding in your vehicle see Older Children on page 1 29 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 32 Follow those rules for everyone s protection It is very important for all occupants to buckle up Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Occupants who are not buckled up can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are we
90. this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 85 STABILITY CONTROL ACTIVE 5 If the vehicle has the StabiliTrak Plus system this message displays when the system is engaged and actively assisting the driver with directional control of the vehicle Slippery road conditions may exist when this warning message is displayed so driving should be adjusted accordingly STABILITY CONTROL ACTIVE also appears in the Head Up Display HUD if your vehicle has this feature This symbol comes on with this message This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN This message stays on until road conditions change and StabiliTrak Plus is not active This message cannot be acknowledged and cleared from the screen 3 86 STABILITY CONTROL OFF This symbol comes on with this message 5 If the vehicle has the StabiliTrak Plus system this message displays when the system turns off This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds once and the message stays on for three seconds and then disa
91. to secure in place 5 93 5 Plug the air compressor accessory plug into an accessory power outlet in the vehicle See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 26 for more A CAUTION information Inflating something too much can make it explode and you or others could be injured Be sure to read the inflator instructions and inflate the tire to its recommended pressure Do not exceed 36 psi 248 kPa A CAUTION Idling the engine in a closed in place or with the climate control system off can cause deadly carbon monoxide CO See Engine 7 Move the inflator kit switch to the on position Exhaust on page 2 36 8 Make sure there is a proper connection between the tire valve stem and the air compressor hose by 6 Start the vehicle See Starting the Engine on looking at the air pressure gage If there is nota page 2 25 for more information The vehicle must be pressure reading while the compressor is running running while using the air compressor the connection between the inflator kit and the tire is bad Check the attachment between the air compressor hose and the tire valve stem 5 94 9 Inflate the tire up to the recommended inflation Removal and Installation of the Sealant pressure using the air pressure gage on the top f of the unit as a guide Canister 10 Turn off the air compressor by moving the switch to To remove the sealant canister the O off position A CAUTION Storing the tire sealant an
92. until the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane change Hold it there until the lane change is complete The lever returns to its original position when it is released Arrows that flash rapidly when signaling for a turn or lane change may be caused by a burned out signal bulb Other drivers will not see the signal Replace burned out bulbs to help avoid possible accidents See Replacement Bulbs on page 5 60 Front Turn Signal Parking and Fog Lamps on page 5 57 and Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps on page 5 58 Also check the fuse for burned out bulbs if a turn signal arrow fails to work when signaling a turn See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 121 for location information Turn Signal On Chime If the turn signal is left on for more than 0 75 of a mile 1 21 km a warning chime will sound and the TURN SIGNAL ON warning message will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC display See Turn Signal On under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer Push forward on the exterior lamps control lever to change the headlamps from low to high beam Pull the lever back and then release it to change from high to low beam This symbol appears on the instrument panel cluster when the high beam headlamps are on When the high beam headlamps are on the fog lamps will not be on If the vehicle is equipped with the Head Up Display HUD an arrow will appear in the HUD area indic
93. yet 4 Find the jacking location located on the underside of the rocker trim using the diagram For jacking at the vehicle s front location put the jack lift head C about 6 inches 15 cm from the rear edge of the front wheel opening B Line up the jack with the arrow A as shown 5 101 A CAUTION Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack A CAUTION Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle For jacking at the vehicle s rear location put the jack lift head B about 9 inches 23 cm from the front edge of the rear wheel opening C Line up the jack with the arrow A as shown 5 Put the compact spare tire near you 5 102 A CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training The jack provided with your vehicle is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack Use the jack provided with your vehicle only for changing a flat tire 6
94. you arrange transportation through a friend or relative limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts See your dealer for information regarding the allowance amounts for reimbursement of fuel or other transportation costs 7 10 Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for an overnight warranty repair Rental reimbursement will be limited and must be supported by original receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state provincial local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage credit card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information All program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change o
95. you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts wheel nuts or Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors replace them only with new GM original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts wheel nuts and TPMS sensors for your vehicle Used Replacement Wheels A CAUTION Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is dangerous You cannot know how it has been A CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement used or how far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 96 for more information 5 83 Tire Chains A CAUTION If your vehicle has P225 55R17 P255 45R18 or P22
96. 2008 Pontiac Grand Prix Owner Manual M Seats and Restraint Systems 0600 1 1 Front Seats oo eceeccecceceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneenes 1 2 Rear SeatS oe ceciccecccecceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaes 1 9 Safety BeltS oo cccccccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 1 10 Child Restraints oo ceceeecceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 1 29 Airbag System oo cccccceecc eee eee eee eee eee enees 1 52 Restraint System Check ooo eceeeeeeeeee eee eees 1 66 Features and Controls 0 cecceeeeceeeeeeeeeees 2 1 KVS sas torts ana cacadatase tuctiaecat E 2 2 Doors and LOCKS oo cece eec ccc ec eee eeeee een eeees 2 10 WINGOWS na ee cece eee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 2 16 Theft Deterrent SysteMS oo eeeeeee eee eeeeeee es 2 18 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle _ 2 23 MINOIS 2eceecsrtees ee icedost e E S 2 38 OnStar System oo eeeeeeeeeeeeesssessssssssssreees 2 40 Storage Areas oe e ee eeceeceecceeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeens 2 43 SUNPOOF eee eee ecc cece eeceeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeens 2 44 Instrument Panel cccccceeeeeceeeeeueueeeeeeees 3 1 Instrument Panel Overview _ c0eeeeeee 3 4 Climate Controls sasiore reirei ae ai 3 28 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 38 Driver Information Center DIC 3 55 Audio System S cccccecseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 94 Driving Your Vehicle eener 4 1 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle _ 4 2 TOWING sx
97. 5 50R18 size tires do not use tire chains there is not enough clearance Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes suspension or other vehicle parts The area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of your vehicle and you or others may be injured in a crash Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on your vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions Follow that manufacturer s instructions CAUTION Continued 5 84 CAUTION Continued To help avoid damage to your vehicle drive slowly readjust or remove the device if it is contacting your vehicle and do not spin your wheels If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the front tires Notice If your vehicle does not have P225 55R17 P255 45R18 or P225 50R18 size tires use tire chains only where legal and only when you must Use only SAE Class S type chains that are the proper size for your tires Install them on the front tires and tighten them as tightly as possible with the ends securely fastened Drive slowly and follow the chain manufacturer s instructions If you can hear the chains contacting your vehicle stop and retighten them If the contact continues slow down until it stops Driving too fast or spinning the wheels with chains on will damage your vehicle If a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual fo
98. 5 73 TPMS Malfunction Light and Message The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable When the system detects a malfunction the low tire warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition cycle A DIC warning message is also displayed The low tire warning light and DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the problem is corrected Some of the conditions that can cause the malfunction light and DIC message to come on are e One of the road tires has been replaced with the spare tire and wheel The spare if your vehicle has one does not have a TPMS sensor The TPMS malfunction light and DIC message should go off once you re install the road tire containing the TPMS sensor e The TPMS sensor matching process was started but not completed or not completed successfully after rotating the vehicle s tires The DIC message and TPMS malfunction light should go off once the TPMS sensor matching process is performed successfully See TPMS Sensor Matching Process later in this section One or more TPMS sensors are missing or damaged The DIC message and the TPMS malfunction light should go off when the TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully See your dealer retailer for service 5 74 e Replacement tires or wheels do not match your vehicle s original equipment tires or whe
99. 9 9 km is reached for either trip the odometer for that trip will go back to zero To reset the trip distances 1 Press the trip odometer button again to access TRIP A Press the trip odometer button again to access TRIP B To reset the trip odometer s back to zero miles or to zero kilometers access the trip that needs to be reset and press the set reset button 2 Press the trip odometer button again to advance to the next screen The trip odometer has a feature called the retro active reset This can be used to set the trip odometer to the number of miles kilometers driven since the ignition was last turned on This can be used if the trip odometer is not reset at the beginning of the trip To use the retro active reset feature press and hold the set reset button for at least three seconds The trip odometer will display the number of miles or kilometers driven since the ignition was last turned on and the vehicle was moving Once the vehicle begins moving the trip odometer will accumulate mileage For example if the vehicle was driven 5 0 miles 8 0 km before it is started again and then the retro active reset feature is activated the display will show 5 0 miles 8 0 km As the vehicle begins moving the display will then increase to 5 1 miles 8 2 km 5 2 miles 8 4 km etc If the retro active reset feature is activated after the vehicle is started but before it begins moving the display will show the number of mi
100. A The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times 1 20 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly In a crash you would not be restrained by the shoulder belt Your body could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury You might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest ys NING lt N A SS KS Sy f K J g KK AIK pea pP The belt is behind the body 1 21 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer retailer to fix it Lap Shoulder Belt All seating positions in your vehicle have a lap shoulder belt Here is how to wear a lap shoulder belt properly 1 Adjust the seat if the seat is adjustable so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index 2 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The lap shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt acro
101. CKED when the THEFTLOCK system has locked up Take the vehicle to your dealer retailer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer Radio Messages for XM Only See XM Radio Messages on page 3 114 later in this section for further detail Playing a CD Radio with CD Base Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and the CD should begin playing If you want to insert a CD when the ignition is off first press the eject button or push the RCL knob If you insert a CD with the radio off and the ignition on it starts to play Radio with CD MP3 Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and READING DISC and the CD symbol appears on the display If you want to insert a CD with the ignition off first press the EJECT button or push the RCL knob When a CD is inserted the CD symbol appears on the display As each new track starts to play the track number appears on the display If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts to play where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source For vehicles that have a radio with a Six Disc CD player see the following LOAD CD amp Press the LOAD side of this button to load CDs into the CD player This CD player holds up to six CDs To insert one
102. EGEA Radio with CD MP3 shown Radio with CD Base similar Your vehicle has one of these radios as its audio system 3 95 Radio Data System RDS The audio system has a Radio Data System RDS RDS features are available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information With RDS the radio can do the following e Seek to stations broadcasting the selected type of programming e Receive announcements concerning local and national emergencies e Display messages from radio stations e Seek to stations with traffic announcements This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and only works when the information is available In rare cases a radio station may broadcast incorrect information that causes the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio station While the radio is tuned to an RDS station the station name or the call letters appear on the display instead of the frequency RDS stations may also provide the time of day a program type PTY for current programming and the name of the program being broadcast 3 96 XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a Satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces XM Satellite Radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial free music coast to coast and in digital quality sound During your trial or when you subscribe you will get unlimit
103. Gasoline Engines Assembly Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol Engine Oil Starburst symbol To determine Secondary GM Part No U S 12346293 the proper viscosity for your _ Latch in Canada 992723 or lubricant vehicle s engine see Engine Oil Pivots Spring meeting requirements of NLGI 2 on page 5 15 Anchor and Category LB or GC LB Release Pawl i Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Usage Purl abngani a GM Part No U S 12346241 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube water and use only DEX COOL Hood and Door p Engine Coolant Coolant See Engine Coolant GM Part No U S 12346241 on page 5 24 in Canada 10953474 Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid Weatherstrip Lubricant or equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid GM Part No U S 3634770 Weatherstrip in Canada 10953518 or Windshield Conditioning Dielectric Silicone Grease Optikleen Washer Solvent GM Part No U S 12345579 in Canada 992887 Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer retailer at Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner Filter Windshield Wiper Blade Assembly 22 0 in 55 0 cm Passenger Side 15941734 Engine Drive Belt Routing Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the typ
104. IC can be programmed to one of three languages English French or Spanish The message on the HUD if equipped will also appear in the language selected See Head Up Display HUD on page 3 23 To change the language 1 Press the options button to enter the language screen 2 Press the set reset button to scroll through and set the language choice 3 Press the options button again to advance to the next screen 3 64 DISPLAY UNITS This menu allows selection of measurements to be displayed in English or metric units The messages on the HUD if equipped and the instrument panel cluster will also appear with the type of measurement selected To set the measurement when Display Units is shown 1 Press the set reset button to select ENGLISH or METRIC 2 Press the options button again to advance to the next screen DAYTIME DISPLAY ENHANCEMENT This menu allows selection of the color of the display message When ON is selected for the daytime enhancement the messages will appear black on a red screen This combination makes it easier to see the DIC messages during the daytime When OFF is selected or when the headlamps are on the messages will appear red on a black background To set the daytime display enhancement 1 Press the set reset button to select OFF or ON 2 Press the options button again to advance to the next screen ENGINE OIL MONITOR SYSTEM This menu allows the engine oil monitor system to be
105. Information Center DIC when the cruise control is set The CRUISE SET message will also appear briefly on the Head Up Display HUD if your vehicle has one when the cruise control lever is pushed to the minus set or the plus resume accelerate positions A cruise control light will also appear on the instrument panel cluster when the cruise control is on This light will disappear when the brakes are applied or the cruise control is cancelled It will reappear when the set cruise speed is resumed The light will go out when the cruise control is turned off See Cruise Control Light on page 3 53 Resuming a Set Speed Once you are going about 25 mph 40 km h or more you can move the cruise control switch briefly from on to resume accelerate Your vehicle will go back up to your previously chosen speed and stay there If you hold the switch at resume accelerate the vehicle will keep going faster until you release the switch or apply the brake Do not hold the switch at resume accelerate unless you want the vehicle to go faster Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to go to a higher speed e Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed Press the set button at the end of the lever then release the button and the accelerator pedal You will now cruise at the higher speed If the accelerator pedal is held longer than 60 seconds cruise control will turn off e Move the cruise switch
106. Lockout The drivers window switch includes a lockout feature located above the power window switches on the driver s door Move the switch to the right to prevent the passengers sitting in the rear from using their window switches The driver can still control all the windows with the lockout on Move the switch to the left to disengage the lockout feature Sun Visors To help block out glare pull the sun visors down Pull on the inside edges of the sun visors to swing them from the front windshield to the side window Visor Vanity Mirror Raise the cover on the top of the sun visor to expose the vanity mirror If the vehicle has lighted vanity mirrors the lamps come on when the cover is opened Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities Although your vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features we know that nothing we put on it can make it impossible to steal Content Theft Deterrent The vehicle has a content theft deterrent alarm system Your vehicle may have a red light located on top of the instrument panel toward the center of the vehicle and near the windshield that will flash slowly when the system is armed SSeS The theft deterrent alarm system needs to be activated through the Driver s Information Center DIC See Theft Deterrent under the Personal Programming Mode Screens in DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 89 While armed the doors will
107. Loss Of GONMO ciosssccdesivetSeadcen pao E E ERRES 4 12 Lumbar Power Controls ccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 4 Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services eeeeeeeee ee 6 6 At Each Fuel Fill cccccee eee eee ene eeeenees 6 8 At Least Once a Month cccccceeeeeeeeeeees 6 9 At Least Once a Year c cccccccec cece eeeeeeeeeeees 6 9 INTODUCTION scssicccaisads canssctirrasseveneteaaaanaeasercusnn 6 2 Maintenance Footnotes cccceeeeeeeeeeeees 6 7 Maintenance Record cccceeeee escent eeeeeee 6 15 Maintenance Replacement Parts 6 13 Maintenance Requirements eeeeeeeeee es 6 2 Owner Checks and Services c0ccceeeeeeee 6 8 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Maintenance Schedule cont Scheduled Maintenance cccccccceeeeeeees 6 4 USING iono aene ose that E N salons oh eee 6 3 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 Malfunction Indicator Light o e 3 50 Manual Seals rimerni E e 1 2 Manual USING sermcenonicmsrrrnn e rino iii Message DIC Warnings and Messages eeeeeeeee 3 67 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror ceceeeeeeeeeeees 2 38 Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar 2 38 Outside Convex Mirror ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 39 Outside Power Mirrors ccccceeeeeeeeeeeees 2 39 MIPS stat E E E
108. MPS resm ak Ee EEE OE Eri 3 109 Center Console Storage Area eccess 2 44 Chains TIe s2socstctued an cot cam tein Rini 5 84 Check Engine Light aciicdscadiachns gemedepetvesrasecacntenenacne 3 50 Checking Things Under the Hood n 5 10 Chemical Paint Spotting eeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen 5 118 Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems 0ceeeeeeeeee eee 1 35 Infants and Young Children 0 0seeeeeeee 1 32 Child Restraints cont Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 39 Older ChIIDIEN 22 s2cccctcecieeseiesseesies wed ssebes coneeee 1 29 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position cccceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 46 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position c cceeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 49 Where to Put the Restraint 0005 1 38 Chime Level Adjustment ceeeeeeeeeeeees 3 118 Cigarette Lighter x ic2c csceieceeedessaieerdesseaeeneenane 3 27 Cleaning Aluminum Wheels 0ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 116 Exterior Lamps Lenses ceeeeeeneeeeeees 5 115 Fabric Carpet oeseri pienen r EN TEER 5 111 Finish are ccccccceceeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 5 115 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces 0 ceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 113 IMENO erise E ESA 5 109 beaten esonera A EEE 5 112 TAOS a A E E 5 117 Ultra L x Suede sirsciiierse rrinin 5 113 Underbody Maintenance ssssee
109. O rirnan aanse ate 2 34 SANMING OU OF daera oaae mae S 2 35 Parking Over Things That Burn ceeeeeeeeeeee nena 2 36 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 00 5 3 43 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 0 3 36 Passenger Sensing System seeeeeeeeeeees 1 60 PASSING iiaeiai e a a a 4 12 PASS KEY III Electronic Immobilizer 2 20 PASS KEY II Operation cccceeesesseeeeeeeees 2 21 Perchlorate Materials Requirements California 5 4 Power Door LOCKS cc cidcsiadeieiieieeetel iea 2 11 Electrical System cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeee tenes 5 121 Lumbar Controls cccceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 1 4 Retained Accessory RAP acce 2 24 Seabee ere aT tay chosen esha a EEA 1 3 Steering Fluid essnee srna 5 39 WINDOWS tosarrasorar diae anien a 2 17 PreSSure Cap ccceeeeceeeceeeeeee eee eeneeaeeaeeeeeneees 5 27 PIIVAGCY acts cosa r a E inet ensadacte vee 7 16 Event Data Recorders eeeceeeneeeeeee een es 7 16 Navigation System c ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneees 7 17 10 Privacy cont ON SIAN ieee pE e E E R Radio Frequency Identification Programmable Automatic Door Locks R Radio Frequency Identification RFID Privacy Radio S g tecehien ote Ge ianve Mite S ER EE EE Radios Recepto scosese ennn ar a aE Setting the Clock cececeeeeeeeeeneeeen eee eees Theft Deterre
110. SIONS1 ABS SOL ECM IGN INJ 2 EMISSIONS2 WPR AUX PWR WSW RVC LT LO BEAM RT LO BEAM FOG LAMPS LT HI BEAM HORN RT HI BEAM Usage Transmission Control Module Windshield Washer Regulated Voltage Control Driver Side Low Beam Headlamp Headlamp Passenger Side High Beam Headlamp Fuses Use O Relays Usas 5 127 Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 for more information For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount see the refrigerant caution label located under the hood See your dealer retailer for more information Automatic Transmission Drain and Refill Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a 5 3L V8 Engine 12 6L 5 128 English Fuel Tank 3 8L Engine with NU6 emissions sold new in CA ME 17 0 gal 64 4 L VT NY MA see your dealer retailer for bordering states U9 3 8L Engine without NU6 emissions sold new in all other states see your dealer retailer for more information 17 5 gal 66 2 L 5 3L V8 Engine sold new in all states 17 5 gal 66 2 L Wheel Nut Torque 100 ft Ib 140 Nem All capacities are approximate When adding fluid be sure to fill to the appropriate level as recommended in this manual Recheck fluid level after filling Engine Specifications VIN Code Spark Plug Gap 3 8 V6 Engine 060 inches 1 52 mm 5
111. SORY After 25 seconds have elapsed the interior lamps will slowly fade out The lamps will fade out before the 25 seconds have elapsed if one of the following is done e The ignition is turned to ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY e The doors are locked using the remote keyless entry transmitter e The doors are locked using the power door lock switch To turn the delayed lighting feature off or on see Personal Programming Modes under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 89 Delayed Exit Lighting For exiting the vehicle at night the vehicle is equipped with the delayed exit lighting feature After the key is removed from the ignition the interior lamps will light for up the amount of seconds set in the Driver Information Center DIC See Personal Programming Mode Screens under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 89 After the set time has elapsed the interior lamps will slowly fade The lamps will fade before the set time has elapsed if one of the following is done e The ignition is turned to ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY e The doors are locked using the remote keyless entry transmitter e The doors are locked using the power door lock switch When any door is opened delayed exit lighting is cancelled The interior lamps will stay on while any door is opened and will slowly fade out when all the doors are closed The interior lamps will stay on for the set time after all the doors have been closed if they have not been
112. TION If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice f you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer retailer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage your fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 50 Filling a Portable Fuel Container A CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in your vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor You can be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others e Dispense fuel only into approved containers Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle Contact should be maintained until the filling is complete Do not smoke while pumping fuel e Do not use a cellular phone while pumping fuel Checking Things Under the Hood A CAUTION An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CA
113. This feature assists in starting the engine and protects components If the ignition key is turned to the START position and then released when the engine begins cranking the engine will continue cranking for a few seconds or until the vehicle starts If the engine does not start and the key is held in START for many seconds cranking will be stopped after 15 seconds to prevent cranking motor damage To prevent gear damage this system also prevents cranking if the engine is already running Engine cranking can be stopped by turning the ignition switch to the ACC ACCESSORY or LOCK OFF position Notice Cranking the engine for long periods of time by returning the key to the START position immediately after cranking has ended can overheat and damage the cranking motor and drain the battery Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to let the cranking motor cool down 2 25 2 If the engine does not start after 5 10 seconds especially in very cold weather below 0 F or 18 C it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for up to a maximum of 15 seconds Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down When the engine starts let go of the key and accelerator If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again do the same thing This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Do not ra
114. Tilt Wheel on page 3 7 Interior Lamps Brightness Control See nterior Lamps on page 3 19 Passenger Air Bag Status Indicator See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 43 Climate Controls See Climate Control System on page 3 28 Shift Lever See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 28 Traction Control Button If Equipped See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 Head Up Display HUD Control If Equipped See Head Up Display HUD on page 3 23 Glove Box See Glove Box on page 2 43 Instrument Panel Fuse Block See nstrument Panel Fuse Block on page 5 122 Hazard Warning Flashers The hazard warning flashers warn others They also let the police and other emergency vehicles know you have a problem The hazard warning flasher button is located on top of the steering column Press the button to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off Press the button again to turn the flashers off The hazard warning flashers work no matter what ignition position the key is in and even if the key is not in the ignition When the hazard warning flashers are on your vehicle s turn signals will not work Other Warning Devices If you carry reflective triangles you can set them up at the side of the road about 300 feet 100 m behind your vehicle Horn Press on or near the horn symbols on the steering wheel pad to sound the horn Tilt Wheel Turn Signal Multifunction Lever A til
115. UTION Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and start a fire These include liquids like fuel oil coolant brake fluid windshield washer and other fluids and plastic or rubber You or others could be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine Hood Release To open the hood do the following 1 Pull the hood release handle with this symbol on 2 Go to the front of the vehicle and release the it It is located inside the vehicle near the parking secondary hood latch located near the center brake pedal front of the engine compartment by moving it to the right 3 Lift the hood Before closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly Then pull the hood down and close it firmly Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood on the 3 8L V6 engine this is what you will see KIRA LES 5 12 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 40 Battery See Battery on page 5 45 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 46 Passenger Compartment Air Filter See Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 3 36 Underhood Fuse Block See Underhood Fuse Block on page 5 124 Engine Coolant Recovery Tank See Cooling System on page 5 30 Pressure Cap See Pressure Cap on page 5 27 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Out of View
116. Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Notice Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not overload your vehicle If things like suitcases tools packages or anything else are put inside the vehicle they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going A CAUTION Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash e Put things in the trunk of your vehicle In a trunk put them as far forward as you can Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to Towing Towing Your Vehicle Consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 If you want to tow your vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational
117. a oann D 4 2 mo pump SEA E eee Highway Hypnosis 2 ccceeeceeeeeeeeeeens 4 16 Delayed Exit Lighting ceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 3 21 D Hill and Mountain Roads sa 4 16 layed LOCKING sirro rapena 2 11 In Rai d Wet Road 4 14 DIC COMPASS ernai e nei aaaea 3 65 MAN ANG ON WEN PROAOS serer dii ee Diesel Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 22 WINE aenar ea E RS 4 17 Running Out of Fuel eessen 2 37 Disc MPS sissssastounien asceecdecbeseanidaoen AEA 3 109 Dual Automatic Climate Control System spiss goe EDR seiosakesiaieiveshecta lege desas bere Mineiet Mew EEEE ENA 7 16 Electrical System Add On Equipment 0c eceeeeeeeneeeeeneees 5 120 Fuses and Circuit Breakers eeee eee 5 121 Headlamp Wiring cceeeeeeeneeeeeee eee eeeens 5 120 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 006 5 122 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 121 Underhood Fuse Block ceeeeeeeeee eee 5 124 Windshield Wiper Fuses scce 5 121 Electronic Immobilizer PASS Key IIl cccccccceceeesseecceeeceeeeesssaeeeeeeees 2 20 Engine Air Cleaner Filter a se 5 20 Check and Service Engine Soon Light 3 50 COOlAME 2 seis ceccn ceded E E E E 5 24 Coolant Heater cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen eee eene 2 26 Coolant Temperature Gage eeeeeeee nena 3 49 Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 48 Drive Belt Routing 0
118. a station is weak or has static decrease the treble To return all of the tone controls to the middle position press and hold the TONE button until FLAT displays AUDIO Radio with Six Disc CD Player Push the AUDIO knob until BASS MID midrange or TREB treble displays Turn the knob to increase or to decrease If a station is weak or noisy decrease the treble To adjust bass midrange or treble to the middle position select BASS MID or TREB and push and hold the AUDIO knob The display level adjusts to the middle position and a beep sounds To adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position push and hold the AUDIO knob when no tone or speaker control is displayed CENTERED displays and one beep sounds EQ or AUTO EQ Equalization Press this button to select customized equalization settings Up to six customized equalization settings can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Use the TONE button and the SELECT knob to create the desired equalization 3 Press and hold the EQ or AUTO EQ button for two seconds SELECT EQ displays and the EQ symbol flashes 4 Press EQ or turn the SELECT knob to select the desired EQ number 5 Press and hold the EQ or AUTO EQ button or push the SELECT knob to store the equalization setting and the number A beep sounds and EQ SAVED displays 6 Repeat the steps for the other EQ settings and num
119. a that GM collects or receives may also be used for GM research needs or may be made available to others for research purposes where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner OnStar If your vehicle has OnStar and you subscribe to the OnStar services please refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions for information on data collection and use See also OnStar System on page 2 40 in this manual for more information Navigation System If your vehicle has a navigation system use of the system may result in the storage of destinations addresses telephone numbers and other trip information Refer to the navigation system operating manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions Radio Frequency Identification RFID RFID technology is used in some vehicles for functions such as tire pressure monitoring and ignition system security as well as in connection with conveniences such as key fobs for remote door locking unlocking and starting and in vehicle transmitters for garage door openers RFID technology in GM vehicles does not use or record personal information or link with any other GM system containing personal information 4 NOTES 7 18 A Accessories and Modifications eeeeeee 5 3 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped WOMIGCIG isis sircdiesaeaiicnan Seven tedecanedane e 1 65 Additives Fuel isis sisdateveiiseicietateiadieiaasiavedewsem
120. acs 5 6 Add On Electrical Equipment eee 5 120 Air Cleaner Filter Engine ecceeeeeeeeeee es 5 20 Air Conditioning ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 28 3 32 Airbag Passenger Status Indicator eeeeeeeeeee 3 43 Readiness Light cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeen eens 3 42 Airbag SYSTEM roerne aenneren oiin 1 52 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 58 When Should an Airbag Inflate 6 1 57 Where Are the Airbags cceeeeeeeeee eres 1 55 Airbag Systems Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle apesin no 1 65 How Does an Airbag Restrain a c 1 58 Passenger Sensing System ceeeeeeeees 1 60 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 64 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 1 58 Antenna BackglaSs ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 117 Antenna XM Satellite Radio Antenna SYSIOM eserini S e aaa Ea A EEE EE 3 118 Antilock Brake System ABS 4 4 Anti lock Brake System Warning Light 3 47 Appearance Care Aluminum Wheels eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee es 5 116 Care of Safety Belts eeeeeeeeeeeeee eee es 5 114 Chemical Paint Spotting cceeeeeeeeeee ees 5 118 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 0 5 115 Fabric Carpet siscecsictieics ctvassecsssbeedawniuiti io 5 111 Finish Care ccccceeeeeeeeeeeee eee een eee niekas 5 115 Fini
121. address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program STEP THREE Canadian Owners In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two General Motors of Canada Limited wants you to be aware of its participation in a no charge Mediation Arbitration Program General Motors of Canada Limited has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory related vehicle service claims The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process from the time you file your complaint to the final decision should be completed in approximately 70 days We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal quick and free of charge For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP call toll free 1 800 207 0685 Alternatively y
122. adial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 77 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 80 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle
123. ading information label This label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar below the driver s door latch See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 69 Notice lf the tire pressure has dropped below 19 psi 131 kPa the vehicle should not be driven Damage to the tire may be severe and the sealant will not be effective Contact Roadside Assistance see Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 You should have the damaged tire repaired as soon as possible The tire sealant is a temporary repair only If the tire has been filled with tire sealant take the tire to a GM dealer retailer for inspection and repair See Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit GXP on page 5 86 for additional information Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit GXP Your vehicle may have a tire inflator kit The kit uses a liquid tire sealant and air at the same time to seal small punctures in the tread area of the tire Be sure to read and follow all the tire inflator kit instructions The kit includes If the flat tire is due to a slow leak caused by a nail or other similar road hazard the tire inflator kit may be used to temporarily repair the damaged tire After temporarily repairing a tire using the tire inflator kit it is recommended to take your vehicle to your dealer retailer within 100 miles 161 kilometers of driving to have the tire inspected and repaired If the sealant is not removed from the tire within a 100 miles 161 kilometers of driving it i
124. ae 4 6 Enhanced Traction System ETS ee 4 7 StabiliTrak Plus System cccceeeeceeeeeeees 4 8 SETE ae EEE E EE hacaamcuatinreentec esac scowtaneoectee 4 10 Off Road Recovery cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeanenes 4 12 Passignano O ERRE 4 12 Loss Of Control ie iinraoiiinsniiieinastnnines i 4 12 Driving Your Vehicle Driving At NIGH siscnsronissuporonimein 4 14 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 4 14 Before Leaving on a Long Trip ccas 4 15 Highway Hypnosis ssescscsseetiarenerenrennenans 4 16 Hill and Mountain Roads ceeeeeeeeeee eee 4 16 Winter DRIVING oreinaren oos iiewee sed aaa 4 17 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice OM SMOW oiai a a a a 4 21 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 4 22 Loading Your Vehicle i 4 22 TOWING sebine en Gaia naneewen a A 4 27 Towing Your Vehicle eprorin ah 4 27 Recreational Vehicle Towing eeeeeeeeee 4 27 TOWING a Trailer oi ccccccesitenineteaveusenestencstensecdos 4 29 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle Defensive Driving Defensive driving means always expect the unexpected The first step in driving defensively is to wear your safety belt See Safety Belts They Are for Everyone on page 1 10 A CAUTION Assume that other road users pedestrians bicyclists and other drivers are going to be careless and make mistakes Anticipate what they might do and be ready In addition
125. ag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts Frontal airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually Roof rail airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body 1 58 But airbags would not help in many types of collisions primarily because the occupant s motion is not toward those airbags See When Should an Airbag Inflate on page 1 57 for more information Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts What Will You See After an Airbag inflates After the frontal airbags inflate they quickly deflate so quickly that some people may not even realize an airbag inflated Roof rail airbags may still be at least partially inflated for some time after they deploy Some components of the airbag module may be hot for several minutes For location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 58 The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not pr
126. age re appears when the engine is turned on LEFT REAR TURN LAMP OUT This message displays when the left rear turn signal lamp needs to be replaced See Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps on page 5 58 for replacement procedures This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds when this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on LOW BRAKE FLUID This symbol comes on with this message This message displays when the brake fluid level is low Have the brake system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible See Brakes on page 5 41 The brake system warning light also appears on the instrument panel cluster when this message appears on the DIC See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 45 This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds while this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off
127. als Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 69 Curb Weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A t
128. amage your vehicle Do not use the HUD image as a parking aid 3 24 When the HUD is on the speedometer reading will continually be displayed The current radio station or CD track number will display for a short period of time after the radio or CD track status changes This will happen whenever one of the radio controls is pressed The speedometer size will be reduced when radio CD information warnings or turn by turn guidance information are displayed on the HUD The HUD control is located on the console To adjust the HUD image so that items are properly displayed do the following 1 Adjust the driver s seat to a comfortable position 2 Start the engine 3 Adjust the HUD controls Use the following settings to adjust the HUD O Off Turn the outer ring on the HUD control to this position to turn the HUD off lII I MI Brightness Turn the outer ring on the HUD control clockwise to dim the display and counterclockwise to brighten it A Up Press this portion of the switch on the HUD control to move the image up V Down Press this portion of the switch on the HUD control to move the image down Move the image as low as possible on the windshield keeping it in full view Page Press this button to select the display formats Release the page button when the format number with the desired display is shown on the HUD e Format One This display gives the speedometer reading in English or metri
129. amaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Make sure the safety belt reminder light is working See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 41 for more information Keep safety belts clean and dry See Care of Safety Belts on page 5 114 1 66 Airbags The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement Make sure the airbag readiness light is working See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 42 for more information Notice If an airbag covering is damaged opened or broken the airbag may not work properly Do not open or break the airbag coverings If there are any opened or broken airbag covers have the airbag covering and or airbag module replaced For the location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 58 See your dealer retailer for service Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash A CAUTION A crash can damage the restraint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible
130. and release the RPT button RPT displays Press RPT again to turn off repeat play e To repeat the CD you are listening to press and hold the RPT button for two seconds RPT displays Press RPT again to turn off repeat play RDM 2 RDM 3 RDM Random Depending on the radio press this button to hear the tracks in random rather than sequential order RDM and the track number displays Press RDM again to turn off random play For the Radio with Six Disc CD player the tracks can be listened to in random order on one CD or on all of the CDs To use random on the Radio with Six Disc CD player do one of the following e To play the tracks on the CD in random order press and release the RDM button RANDOM ONE displays Press RDM again to turn off random play e To play the tracks on all of the CDs that are loaded in random order press and hold RDM for more than two seconds A beep sounds and RANDOM ALL displays Press RDM again to turn off random play f 3 Next Folder This button does not have a function for non MP3 CDs Press this button to go to the next MP3 folder 4 lt or lt REV Reverse Depending on the radio that your vehicle has the reverse arrows will look different but they function the same Press and hold this button to reverse quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this pushbutton to play the passage The elapsed time of the track displays 6 Previous Fol
131. anufacture E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread F Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 80 G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load 5 64 Y USE AAR XXXXX GS On S p L Mrez se 8 ia Q 0 S W g a Oe D Q amp lt Ay ea Y 09 o L 3 LV1AN Compact Spare Tire Example A Temporary Use Only The compact spare tire or temporary use tire has a tread life of approximately 3 000 miles 5 000 km and should not be driven at speeds over 65 mph 105 km h The compact spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat If your vehicle has a compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 5 109 and If a Tire Goes Flat on page 5 85 B Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread C Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following the DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although o
132. aring safety belts First before you or your passenger s wear a safety belt there is important information you should know WO Ss 4 Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash 1 15 Q What is wrong with this A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give as much protection this way A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit snugly against your body Q What is wrong with this A The lap belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose In a crash you could slide under the lap belt and apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or ev
133. arking brake is released While the DRL are on only the vehicle s low beam headlamps will be on at reduced brightness The turn signal taillamps sidemarker and other lamps will not be on The instrument panel cluster will not be lit up either When it is dark enough outside the DRL will turn off and the vehicle s headlamps and parking lamps will turn on The other lamps that come on with the headlamps will also come on When it is bright enough outside the headlamps will go off and the DRL will come on To idle the vehicle with the DRL off turn the exterior lamp control off and then do one of the following e Turn the exterior lamp control to the parking lamp position e Turn the exterior lamp control to the headlamp position e Turn the exterior lamp control from AUTO to off and back to AUTO This feature is not available for vehicles first sold in Canada To turn off the automatic headlamp feature when it is dark outside move the exterior lamp control to the parking lamp position The parking lamps will remain illuminated and the headlamps will turn off The fog lamps will also go on if they were on previously As with any vehicle the regular headlamp system should be turned on when needed Fog Lamps If equipped fog lamps provide brighter roadway lighting for better vision in foggy or misty conditions 0 Fog Lamps Turn the second band on the exterior lamps control lever to this position to turn the
134. as address and phone number for each of your preferred GM Dealers or Retailers My Driveway Receive service reminders and helpful advice on owning and maintaining your vehicle My Preferences Manage your profile subscribe to E News and use tools and forms with greater ease To sign up to My GM Canada visit the My GM Canada section within www gmcanada com Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Pontiac has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user in the U S can communicate with Pontiac by dialing 1 800 833 PONT 7668 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Pontiac encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance However if a customer wishes to write or e mail Pontiac the letter should be addressed to United States Customer Assistance Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit MI 48232 5172 www Pontiac com 1 800 762 2737 or 1 800 833 7668 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 Fax Number 313 381 0022 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish Fax Number 313 381 0022 From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 Fax Number 313 381 0022 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Co
135. astic cap from the trunk trim 4 Pull the trunk trim and carpet away from the back of the trunk 5 Remove the bottom bolt and two nuts 8 Remove the old bulb 5 58 9 Replace with a new bulb into the socket and turn the lamp socket clockwise to install it 10 Reinstall the taillamp assembly by reversing Steps 2 through 5 Back Up Lamps The back up lamps are located on the trunk lid 2 Turn the appropriate lamp socket a quarter turn To replace the back up lamp bulb s counterclockwise and remove it 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 14 for more 3 Remove the old bulb information 4 Put the new bulb into the lamp socket 5 Turn the bulb a quarter turn clockwise to reinstall it 5 59 License Plate Lamp Replacement Bulbs To replace one of these bulbs 1 Open the trunk See Trunk 2 14 Bulb Number Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 Ban ban Front Parking Turn Signal Lamp ae Front Sidemarker and License 194 Plate Lamp Headlamps High Beam Halogen 9005 Low Beam Halogen 9006 Stop Taillamp Turn Signal Lamps 3057 Base Models with the Optional Fog Lamps For Lamps Not Equipped with the Fog Function and GXP Models For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your dealer retailer 2 Turn the appropriate lamp socket a quarter turn counterclockwise and remove it 3 Remove the old bulb 4 Put the new bulb into the lamp socket 5 Turn the bulb a quarter turn clockwise to r
136. at the proper level can cause damage to the engine not covered by your warranty Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary At Least Once a Month Tire Inflation Check Inspect your vehicle s tires and make sure they are inflated to the correct pressures Do not forget to check the spare tire See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 69 Check to make sure the spare tire is stored securely See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 96 Tire Wear Inspection Tire rotation may be required for high mileage highway drivers prior to the Engine Oil Life System service notification Check the tires for wear and if necessary rotate the tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 75 At Least Once a Year Starter Switch Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 2 33 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off
137. ating that the high beams are on See Head Up Display HUD on page 3 23 for more information Flash to Pass This feature allows the use of the high beam headlamps to signal the driver in front of you that you want to pass Pull and hold the exterior lamps control lever to use this feature When this is done the following will occur e The high beam headlamps will turn on while the headlamps are off in low beam or in Daytime Running Lamps DRL mode They will stay on as long as the lever is held in this position Release the lever to turn them off e The headlamps will switch to low beam if the headlamps had been in the high beam mode To return to high beam push the lever If the vehicle is equipped with the Head Up Display HUD an arrow will appear on the display to indicate that the high beams are on Windshield Wiper Lever Be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If they are frozen to the windshield gently loosen or thaw them Damaged wiper blades may not clear the windshield well making it harder to see and drive safely If the blades do become damaged install new blades or blade inserts For more information see Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 5 67 Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools down Clear away snow or ice to prevent an overload SY Windshield Wipers The lever with this symbol located on
138. ational Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer retailer or General Motors To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov 7 14 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect notify Transport Canada immediately in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited Call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 2780 Sheffield Road Ottawa Ontario K1B 3V9 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this please notify General Motors Call 1 800 762 2737 or write Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit MI 48232 5172 In Canada call 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French or write General Motors of Canada Limited Cus
139. ations Ordering Information on page 7 15 A CAUTION For up to 10 seconds after the ignition is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q Is there anything might add to or change about the vehicle that could keep the airbags from working properly A Yes If you add things that change your vehicle s frame bumper system height front end or side sheet metal they may keep the airbag system from working properly Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module steering wheel instrument panel roof rail airbag modules ceiling headliner or pillar garnish trim front sensors or airbag wiring can affect the operation of the airbag system In addition your vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger s position which includes sensors that are part of the passenger s seat The passenger sensing system may not operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced with non GM covers upholstery or trim or with GM covers upholstery or trim designed for a different vehicle Any object such
140. ative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of
141. ause newspapers and garments that transfer color to your home furnishings may also transfer color to your vehicle s interior 5 109 When cleaning your vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth Notice If you use abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on your vehicle you could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on your vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in your vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning your vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening your vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles 5 110 Your dealer retailer has a product for cleaning your vehicle s glass Should it become necessary you can also obtain a product from your dealer retailer to remove odors from your vehicle s upholstery Do not clean your vehicle using e A knife or any other sharp object to remove a soil from any interior
142. aw in The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel some places Do not re enter the vehicle while door on the driver s side of the vehicle pumping fuel Keep children away from the fuel To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly counterclockwise pump never let children pump fuel While refueling let the fuel cap hang by the tether below the fuel fill opening A CAUTION Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned This spray can happen if your tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 114 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 50 The CHECK GAS CAP message will be displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC if the fuel cap is not properly installed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 for more information A CAU
143. ay steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement You can turn the steering wheel up to one quarter turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway Passing Passing another vehicle on a two lane road can be dangerous To reduce the risk of danger while passing we suggest the following tips e Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect a successful pass If in doubt wait e Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines that could indicate a turn or an intersection Never cross a solid or double solid line on your side of the lane e Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass Doing so can reduce your visibility e Wait your turn to pass a slow vehicle e When you are being passed ease to the right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible Th
144. b on the engine cover under the bracket on the engine 7 3 Place the hole in the engine cover over the hole in the valve cover Install oil fill tube and cap by twisting clockwise 8 Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the COLD FILL line 9 Put the cap back on the coolant recovery tank but leave the pressure cap off 3 8L V6 Engine 5 Fill the radiator with the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture up to the base of the filler neck See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 for more information about the proper coolant mixture If you see a stream of coolant coming from the air bleed valve close the valve Otherwise close the valve after the radiator is filled 6 Rinse or wipe any spilled coolant from the engine and the compartment 5 36 3 8L V6 Engine 10 Start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the engine cooling fan s 11 12 13 By this time the coolant level inside the radiator filler neck may be lower If the level is lower add more of the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture through the filler neck until the level reaches the base of the filler neck Then replace the pressure cap At any time during this procedure if coolant begins to flow out of the filler neck reinstall the pressure cap Be sure the pressure cap is hand tight and fully seated Check the coolant in the recovery tank The level in the coolant recovery tank s
145. bags See Airbag System on page 1 52 Roof rail airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes Roof rail airbags will inflate if the crash severity is above the system s designed threshold level The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design Roof rail airbags are not intended to inflate in frontal impacts near frontal impacts rollovers or rear impacts A roof rail airbag is intended to deploy on the side of the vehicle that is struck In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down For roof rail airbags deployment is determined by the location and severity of the side impact 1 57 What Makes an Airbag Inflate In a deployment event the sensing system sends an electrical signal triggering a release of gas from the inflator Gas from the inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to break out of the cover and deploy The inflator the airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag module Frontal airbag modules are located inside the steering wheel and instrument panel For vehicles with roof rail airbags there are airbag modules in the ceiling of the vehicle near the side windows that have occupant seating positions How Does an Airb
146. be very close to the inflating airbag Do not use a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger s seat if the airbag is turned on 3 43 If after several seconds both status indicator lights 3 remain on or if there are no lights at all there may A CAUTION be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer retailer for service Even though the passenger sensing system is A CAUTION designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of the airbag s See Airbag Readiness Light system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal on page 3 42 for more on this including airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 60 important safety information for more on this including important safety information If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airbag statu
147. bers EQ 5 has been programmed at the factory for use with talk radio but it can be set to a different tone Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade BAL Balance Press this button until BAL displays to adjust the balance between the right and the left speakers The SELECT LED indicator lights to show that the speakers can be adjusted Turn the SELECT knob to move the sound toward the right or the left speakers FADE Press this button until FADE displays to adjust the fade between the front and the rear speakers The SELECT LED indicator lights to show that the speakers can be adjusted Turn the SELECT knob to move the sound toward the front or the rear speakers Press and hold the BAL FADE button for two seconds to return all speaker settings to the middle position AUDIO Radio with Six Disc CD Player Push the AUDIO knob until BAL balance displays to adjust the balance between the right and the left speakers Turn the knob to move the sound toward the right or the left speakers To adjust the fade between the front and rear speakers push and hold the AUDIO knob until FAD fade displays Turn the knob to move the sound toward the front or the rear speakers To adjust the balance and the fade to the middle position select balance or fade and push and hold the AUDIO knob The display level adjusts to the middle position and a beep sounds 3 99 To adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position push a
148. bris e Repairs were not done correctly e Your vehicle or the exhaust system has been modified improperly parts under your vehicle and ignite Do not park over papers leaves dry grass or other things that can burn If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle e Drive it only with all the windows down to blow out any CO and e Have your vehicle fixed immediately 2 36 Running the Vehicle While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION Idling the engine with the climate control system off could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle See the earlier caution under Engine Exhaust on page 2 36 Also idling in a closed in place can let deadly carbon monoxide CO into your vehicle even if the climate control fan is at the highest setting One place this can happen is a garage Exhaust with CO can come in easily NEVER park in a garage with the engine running Another closed in place can be a blizzard See Winter Driving on page 4 17 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move
149. button again to advance to the next screen ENGINE HOURS This screen shows the number of cumulative hours the engine has operated while the key was in ON RUN This screen cannot be reset Press the gages button to advance to the next screen MAXIMUM Gs If you have the GXP option this screen will appear The DIC monitors and keeps track of the maximum levels for acceleration deceleration and lateral acceleration achieved since the screen was last reset When trying to select this screen while the vehicle is moving the message MAXIMUM Gs NOT AVAILABLE WHILE MOVING will display To view the maximum accelerations achieved since last reset stop the vehicle The values will then display To reset the values to zero press and hold the set reset button Press the gages button again to advance to the next screen Trip Odometer ZN Trip Odometer Press this button to access the Odometer Trip Distances AVERAGE SPEED and TIME ELAPSED modes Odometer When the trip odometer button is pressed the first menu displayed on the DIC screen is the odometer reading or cumulative mileage of the vehicle The odometer cannot be reset Press the trip odometer button again to advance to the next menu Trip Distances This menu shows the distances that the vehicle has driven between specific points The trip odometer will record the number of miles up to 9 999 9 miles or 9 999 9 km travelled for up to two trips When 9 999 9 miles or 9 99
150. button fully released and e Prevent movement of the shift lever out of PARK P unless the ignition is in ON RUN and the regular brake pedal is applied The shift lock release is always functional except in the case of an uncharged or low voltage less than 9 volt battery If your vehicle has an uncharged battery or a battery with low voltage try charging or jump starting the battery See Jump Starting on page 5 46 for more information To shift out of PARK P use the following 1 Apply the brake pedal 2 Press the shift lever button 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position 2 35 If you still are unable to shift out of PARK P Engine Exhaust 1 Fully release the shift lever button 2 Hold the brake pedal down and press the 5 shift lever button again A CAUTION 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position Engine exhaust can kill It contains the gas carbon monoxide CO which you cannot see or smell It can cause unconsciousness and death If you still cannot move the shift lever from PARK P consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service You might have exhaust coming in if Parking Over Things That Burn e The exhaust system sounds strange or different Z CAUTION e Your vehicle gets rusty underneath e Your vehicle was damaged in a collision Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust e Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road de
151. c bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly Do not have a seatback reclined if the vehicle is moving Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant s head This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash Pull the head restraint up to raise it ST To lower the head restraint press the button located on the top of the seatback and push the head restraint down Passenger Folding Seatback A CAUTION If you fold the seatback forward to carry longer objects such as skis be sure any such cargo is not near an airbag In a crash an inflating airbag might force that object toward a person This could cause severe injury or even death Secure objects away from the area in which an airbag would inflate For more information see Where Are the Airbags on page 1 55 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 If the vehicle has this feature the front passenger seat can be folded flat for more cargo space A CAUTION Things you put on this seatback can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or ina crash Remove or secure all items before driving To fold the front passenger seatback flat pull up on the lever located on back of the seat Push the sea
152. c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeen eee ee 6 14 Engine Compartment Overview s 5 12 EXMAUSE sicccscedeamntdneavin dat itagethenwenneheinied anaes 2 36 OI sae raters Rea et aerate eas cet E E E 5 15 Engine cont Oil Life System 2 2 0 cece cee eee eeee eee eee eee eee eeaes 5 18 Overheated Protection Operating Mode 5 29 Overheating zs oneetan oenina EEan 5 27 Staing ennei eeap e Ee E EE EAEE 2 25 Enhanced Traction System ETS eseeeeee 4 7 Warning LIQ At scicssc2ccsccesevecievasstaennentedeencesins 3 48 Enithy CoMUNN esoneri rr aa ae ea 3 20 Event Data Recorders ccssciuscccinsrsirireasiirsn 7 16 Extender Safety Belt ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 28 Exterior Lamps eit Batis ehh dicks ids E 3 16 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver eeeeeeee 3 19 Filter Engine Air Cleaner ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeen eee ees 5 20 Finish Damage sics csctieicite agin ee e E N 5 117 Flashers Hazard Warning 0ceceeeeeeeeeeees 3 6 FlaSh to PaSS seenen a a E 3 9 Flat Tierens aeae a Ro 5 85 Flat Tire Changing ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 5 96 Flat Tire Storing s cscicsssdde iovecviedecseoeescvenses dene 5 107 Fluid Automatic Transmission o c 5 22 Power Steering cceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeneeeees 5 39 Windshield Washer ceeeeeeeneeeeeee een es 5 40 Fog Lamp FOG E E A ds tained 3 18 Fog Lamp LIQ sinss r ranra 3 53 Folding Rear Seat 2 ciccccscheccceesl
153. c system parts For example just a few See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in the brake hydraulic system can damage brake hydraulic system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid e If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle s painted A CAUTION surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on your vehicle oe If you do wash it off immediately See Washing With the wrong kind of fluid in the brake Your Vehicle on page 5 114 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This helps keep dirt from entering the reservoir hydraulic system the brakes might not work well This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid 5 42 Brake Wear Your vehicle has disc brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound can come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly A CAUTION The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When you hear the brake wear warning sound have your vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair
154. c units transmission positions compass direction and the outside air temperature e Format Two This display includes the information in Format One without the compass direction and the outside air temperature e Format Three This display includes all the information in Format One but turns the instrument cluster lighting off Format three is only available at night All formats will show the turn by turn guidance information It will display the next turn direction street name and distance to the selected destination When you near your destination the HUD will display a distance bar that will fill in the closer you get to your destination All navigation information is provided to the HUD by the navigation radio if the vehicle has one The warning indicators still appear on the instrument panel when required The HUD will display Stealth Mode On The HUD will store the last display format selected If the last format displayed was Format One or Format Three then Format One will be displayed when the vehicle is started If the last format was Format Two then Format Two will be displayed The HUD image displayed on the windshield will automatically dim and brighten to compensate for outside lighting The HUD image can temporarily light up depending on the angle and position of the sunlight on the HUD display This is normal and will change when the angle of the sunlight on the HUD display changes Polarized sun
155. cantly underinflated A tire pressure message in the Driver Information Center DIC may accompany the light See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 for more information Stop and check your tires as soon as it is safe to do so If underinflated inflate to the proper pressure See Tires on page 5 62 for more information If a problem is detected with the Tire Pressure Monitor System this light will flash for approximately 60 seconds and then stay on solid for the remainder of the ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 71 for more information 3 49 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light A computer system called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems It makes sure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment The check engine light comes on to indicate that there is an OBD II problem and service is required Malfunctions often are indicated by the system before any problem is apparent This can prevent more serious damage to your vehicle This system is also designed to assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction Notice If you keep driving your vehicle with this light on after a while the emission controls might not work as well your vehicle s fuel economy might not be as good and the engine might not run as
156. ce the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts Notice The engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer retailer If you do not your engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty 2 26 Engine Coolant Heater The engine coolant heater if available can help in cold weather conditions at or below 0 F 18 C for easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up Plug in the coolant heater at least four hours before starting your vehicle An internal thermostat in the plug end of the cord may exist which will prevent engine coolant heater operation at temperatures above 0 F 18 C To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before making sure to 1 Turn off the engine keep it away from moving engine parts If this is 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord not done the cord could be damaged The cord is located above the engine air How long should the coolant heater be kept plugged in cleaner filter See Engine Compartment _ The answer depends on the outside temperature the Overview on page 5 12 for more information kind o
157. cee ee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaes 5 86 Instrument Panel OVEIVIOW aoas a a a ated a a 3 4 Instrument Panel I P BriQhit SS raeson apni EE 3 19 CUSTE inanan etea nn aie n ea nE aar E 3 39 Interior LAMPS ae cccdanaeesdtenesninndineanansicmeyinanenesiinnes 3 19 JUMP Starting hisein Medviess Malai eed 5 46 K Keyless Entry System ccceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeee es 2 3 KEYS 4 chisie sept oes eea dene a e 2 2 L Labeling Tire Sidewall eceeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 63 Lamps COUMOSY secateratesudnttaetanteaardaseessetshiaocerearnents 3 19 DOME soene eaa a eae 3 20 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver 0 3 19 Front RAGING ccc cdeccecscebhetid ence ceceeiteenetenetiied 3 21 Overhead Console Reading e eeeeeeee ee 3 21 Rear Assist Handle Reading eeeeeees 3 21 Lap Shoulder Belt eceseeeeeeneeneeeeeaeeaeees 1 22 LATCH System Child Restraints cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eees 1 39 License Plate Lamps 0 eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 5 60 Light Airbag Readiness cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeea tees 3 42 Anti lock Brake System ABS Warning 3 47 Brake System Warning ccceceeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 45 Cruise Control cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeea eee eeneees 3 53 Light cont Engine Coolant Temperature Warning 3 48 Enhanced Traction System ETS Warning LIQ Mt ssjcicecccescracceatcanemeapeinaarenectics 3 48 Fog LAMP wi
158. ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 117 Battery sieneen anena eE E EATE 5 45 Electric Power Management saccra 3 22 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver 08 3 19 Run Down Protection ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 22 Brake Emergencies cwccinicsciesientdetsagedacacs aE p EaD 4 5 Brake S ra ien r AA E TO 5 41 System Warning Light o ae 3 45 Braking oernessnnanan a aea 4 3 Braking in Emergencies csceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 4 5 Break In New Vehicle cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 23 Bulb Replacement rsrsrsrs eraen eaa 5 54 Back Up Lamp Serengrana 5 59 Front Turn Signal Parking and Fog Lamps 5 57 Falogen Bulbs ic irisean aen 5 54 Headlamp Aiming eeceeeeeeeeeneeeee tense es 5 51 Bulb Replacement cont License Plate Lamps eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 60 Replacement Bulbs eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 60 Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps 5 58 Buying New TireS ccceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 78 CaliDlatiON c2cpencss pad ene vec eecadcedeseceeseatamaeiepiceten 3 65 California Fue ceiccceeesscccitestat ees ee ansia 5 6 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 California Proposition 65 Warning eee 5 3 Canadian Ownels s cisencies el Reid leeds ii Capacities and Specifications eeee 5 128 Carbon Monoxide 0 2 14 2 36 4 17 4 29 Care of Safety BeltS resanni ennen EEEE 5 114 CD
159. ckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 40 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Put someone on it Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider does not stop 1 12 The person keeps going until stopped by something In a real vehicle it could be the windshield or the instrument panel or the safety belts With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q A Will be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if am wearing a safety belt You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted And you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down If my vehicle has airbags why should I have to wear safety belts Airbags are supplemental systems only so
160. conds When SONG LIST is pressed one beep sounds After two seconds of continuously pressing the SONG LIST button two beeps sound to confirm the track has been deleted After a track has been deleted the remaining tracks are moved up the list When another track is added to the song list the track is added to the end of the list 3 108 To delete the entire song list perform the following steps 1 Turn the CD player on 2 Press the SONG LIST button to turn song list on S LIST displays 3 Press and hold the SONG LIST button for more than four seconds One beep sounds followed by two beeps after two seconds and a final beep sounds after four seconds S LIST EMPTY displays indicating the song list has been deleted If a CD is ejected and the song list contains saved tracks from that CD those tracks are automatically deleted from the song list Any tracks saved to the song list again are added to the bottom of the list To end song list mode press the SONG LIST button One beep sounds and S LIST is removed from the display Playing an MP3 CD R Disc Your vehicle s radio system may have the MP3 feature If it has this feature it is capable of playing an MP3 CD R disc For more information on how to play an MP3 CD R disc see Using an MP3 on page 3 109 later in this section CD Messages CHECK CD If this message appears on the display and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons e I
161. contamination Cleaner Wax Removes light scratches and protects finish Cleans shines and na Tire Shine Low protects tires No wiping necessary Medium foaming shampoo Cleans and lightly waxes Biodegradable and phosphate free Quickly removes spots and stains from carpets Spot Lifter vinyl and cloth upholstery Odorless spray odor Odor Eliminator eliminator used on fabrics vinyl leather and carpet Wash Wax Concentrate Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN SAMPLE4UX1M072675 This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver side You can see it if you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This code helps you identify your vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 128 for your vehicle s engine code 5 119 Service Parts Identification Label This label is in the trunk It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts The label has the following information e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Model designation e Paint information e Production options and special equipment Do not remove this label from the
162. d compressor kit or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store the tire sealant and compressor kit in the proper place 11 Disconnect the compressor inflator hose and wrap the hose in the bottom of the inflator kit 12 Place the equipment in the original location in the 1 trunk of your vehicle Unlock the air compressor inflator hose from the sealant canister by pulling the lever up 2 Disconnect the air compressor inflator hose from the sealant canister 3 Unwrap the sealant filling hose from the compressor 5 95 To install a new sealant canister 1 Align the sealant filling hose with the slot in the air compressor 2 Push the sealant canister down and turn it clockwise 3 Wrap the sealant filling hose around the air compressor channel to stow it in its original location 4 Push the air compressor inflator hose onto the sealant canister inlet and push the lever down Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place Turn on your vehicle s hazard warning flashers See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 for more information 4 Turn the sealant canister so the inflator filling hose is aligned with the slot in the compressor 5 Lift the sealant canister from the air compressor and replace with a new sealant canister Se
163. d repeatedly for two minutes The alarm will turn off when the ignition is moved to ON RUN or the 2 is pressed again Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle Each RKE transmitter is coded to prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased through your dealer retailer All transmitters need to be re coded to match the new transmitter The lost transmitter will no longer work after the new transmitters are re coded The vehicle can have a maximum of four transmitters matched to it Battery Replacement Replace the battery if the KEY FOB BATTERY LOW message displays in the DIC See KEY FOB BATTERY LOW under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 for additional information Notice When replacing the battery use care not to touch any of the circuitry Static from your body transferred to these surfaces may damage the transmitter To replace the battery in the RKE transmitter 1 Separate the halves of the transmitter with a flat thin object inserted into the notch on the side 2 Remove the old battery Do not use a metal object 3 Insert the new battery positive side facing up Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery 4 Put the transmitter back together tightly Remote Vehicle Start Your vehicle may have a remote starting feature that allows you to start the engine from outside the vehicle It may also start the vehicle s heati
164. der This button does not have a function for non MP3 CDs Press this button to go to the previous MP3 folder EQ or AUTO EQ Equalization Press EQ or depending on the radio AUTO EQ to select the desired customized equalization setting while playing a CD The equalization is automatically set when a CD is played See EQ or AUTO EQ listed previously for more information A SEEK V Radios with CD Press the SEEK arrows to go to the previous or to the next track Press either arrow for more than two seconds to search the previous or next tracks at two tracks per second When the desired track number displays release the arrow to stop searching and to play the track K SEEK gt Radio with Six Disc CD Player Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than ten seconds have played Press the right arrow to go to the next track If either arrow is held or pressed more than once the player continues moving backward or forward through the CD A SCAN V Radios with CD Press and hold either arrow for more than two seconds until SCAN and the track number displays and a beep sounds The CD goes to the next track plays for a few seconds then goes to the next track Press either arrow again to stop scanning 3 105 kK SCAN gt Radio with Six Disc CD Player To scan one CD press and hold either SCAN arrow for more than two seconds until SCAN displays and a beep sounds The radio go
165. door Lockout Protection The lockout protection feature makes it more difficult to lock the key in the vehicle If the driver s door is open while the key is in the ignition the door cannot be locked with the power door lock switch This feature cannot guarantee that you will never be locked out of the vehicle If the key is not left in the ignition or if the manual door lock pin is used the key could still be locked inside the vehicle Always remember to take the key with you Trunk A CAUTION It can be dangerous to drive with the trunk lid open because carbon monoxide CO gas can come into your vehicle You cannot see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness and even death If you must drive with the trunk lid open or if electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass through the seal between the body and the trunk lid e Make sure all other windows are shut e Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest speed and select the control setting that will force outside air into your vehicle See Climate Control System If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel open them all the way See Engine Exhaust on page 2 36 To unlock and open the trunk from the outside press the trunk button on the remote keyless entry transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 To open the trunk from the inside use the power door lock switch located on the driver
166. dscedsccunennbeueeiraees 5 5 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 California Proposition 65 Warning 06 5 3 Doing Your Own Work ceceeeeeeneeeeeneeeeenes 5 4 Engine Soon Light sist osdsiecss is deieeiocaesteeesens 3 50 Publications Ordering Information 7 15 11 Service Scheduling Appointments 6 00 7 9 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 64 Setting the ClOCk siiceccsiscvesecesiuscccetetees cavee eevee 3 95 Sheet Metal Damage 0 ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeee ees 5 117 Shifting Into Park P cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 2 34 Shifting Out of Park P eeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeees 2 35 Signals Turn and Lane Change 065 3 8 Spare Tire GOMPACH ssisessscanasad ea r aE 5 109 l stallihg iicn a 5 100 FROMOVING errnit one aan a OEE EEEE 5 98 SONNO eain e E E E 5 107 Specifications Capacities ceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 128 Speedometer erene ne an e eee eeaeeaeeneeeeeaes 3 40 Split Folding Rear Seat ineeneeeeeeneeenee 1 9 Stabilitrak Plus System ccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 8 Start Vehicle Remote c cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 2 7 Starting the Engine ccceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeenes 2 25 SICSHING orenean a a a E 4 10 Steering Wheel Controls Audio 06 3 115 Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel seeeeeeeeeee 3 7 Storage Areas Center Console S
167. dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change 5 20 How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect the air cleaner filter remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter do the following 3 8L V6 Engine 5 3L V8 Engine Lift the filter cover tabs on top of the engine air cleaner filter housing Push the filter cover housing toward the engine Pull out the filter Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter 5 To reinstall the cover position the tabs through the slots on the housing If your vehicle has one of the 3800 V6 engines a notch on the sides of the filter cover will indicate the correct engagement 6 Push the cover tabs on top of the housing to lock the cover in place A CAUTION Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off Notice lf the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt can easily get into your engine which will damage it Always have the air c
168. e Unplug the air compressor accessory plug from the accessory power outlet in the vehicle Disconnect the sealant filling hose from the tire valve stem by turning it counterclockwise and replace the tire valve stem cap Be careful when handling the tire inflator components as they may be hot after usage Wrap the sealant filling hose around the air compressor channel to stow it in its original location 5 91 15 Stow the air compressor accessory plug back in the air compressor To do this wrap the air compressor accessory plug snap in the plug and then push in the bottom and then the top of the wrapped air compressor accessory plug 16 If the flat tire was able to inflate to the recommended inflation pressure remove the maximum speed label from the sealant canister Place it in a highly visible location such as the inside of the upper left corner of the windshield or to the face of the radio clock The maximum speed label reminds you to drive cautiously and not to exceed 55 mph 90 km h until you have the damaged tire inspected and repaired 5 92 A CAUTION 17 18 Storing the tire sealant and compressor kit or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store the tire sealant and compressor kit in the proper place Return the equipment to the proper storage location in the trunk of you
169. e For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message is received after having your vehicle serviced check with your dealer retailer Radio ID If tuned to channel 0 this message alternates with the XM Radio eight digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service Unknown If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 there may be a receiver fault Consult with your dealer retailer Chk XMRevr If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver may have a fault Consult with your dealer retailer Theft Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK is designed to discourage theft of your vehicle s radio The feature works automatically by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN If the radio is moved to a different vehicle it does not operate and LOCKED displays When the radio and vehicle are turned off the blinking red light indicates that THEFTLOCK is armed With THEFTLOCK activated the radio does not operate if stolen Audio Steering Wheel Controls BAND X If your vehicle has this feature some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel They include the following AM P V Seek Scan Press the seek arrows to go to the previous or the next station and stay there To scan stations press and hold either scan arrow for two seconds until FREQUENCY SCAN displays The radio goes to a station plays for
170. e Keep this antenna clear of snow and ice build up for clear radio reception If the vehicle has a sunroof the performance of the XM system may be affected if the sunroof is open Loading items onto the roof of the vehicle can interfere with the performance of the XM system Make sure the XM Satellite Radio antenna is not obstructed 3 118 Chime Level Adjustment The radio is used to adjust the vehicle s chime level To change the volume level of the chime press and hold pushbutton 6 with the ignition on and the radio power off The volume level will change from the normal level to loud and LOUD will appear on the radio display To change back to the default or normal setting press and hold pushbutton 6 again The volume level will change from the loud level to normal and NORMAL will appear on the radio display Each time the chime volume is changed three chimes will sound to indicate the new volume selected Removing the radio and not replacing it with a factory radio or chime module will disable vehicle chimes Section 4 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle 4 2 Defensive Driving 0 ceceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeereees 4 2 Drunk D VINg sic arree aaa 4 2 Control of a Vehicle cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 4 3 Braking iscsi tosdies e ino a E E S 4 3 Antilock Brake System ABS i e 4 4 Braking in Emergencies ceceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 4 5 Traction Control System TCS o
171. e Keep tires set to the correct inflation pressure and when possible avoid contact with curbs potholes and other road hazards Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall The examples below show a typical passenger vehicle tire and a compact spare tire sidewall FF ovo oyy b ot Pa Molovyr oze we Passenger P Metric Tire Example A Tire Size The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines 5 63 C DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards D Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of m
172. e vehicle s speed to around 45 mph 70 km h to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission overheating If the vehicle has overdrive it may be driven in THIRD 3 instead of DRIVE D Parking on Hills Z CAUTION You really should not park your vehicle with a trailer attached on a hill If something goes wrong your rig could start to move People can be injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged But if the rig ever has to be parked on a hill here is how to do it 1 Apply the regular brakes but do not shift into PARK P yet 2 Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels 3 When the wheel chocks are in place release the regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load 4 Reapply the regular brakes Then apply the parking brake and then shift to PARK P 5 Release the regular brakes 4 35 When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill 1 Apply the regular brakes and hold the pedal down while you e Start the engine e Shift into a gear e Release the parking brake 2 Let up on the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks 4 36 Maintenance When Trailer Towing The vehicle will need service more often when it pulls a trailer See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information Things that are especially important in trailer operation are automatic transm
173. e your dealer retailer for more information 5 96 When your vehicle has a flat tire use the following example as a guide to assist you in the placement of A CAUTION wheel blocks Changing a tire can be dangerous The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you or other people You and they could be badly injured or even killed Find a level place to change your tire To help prevent the vehicle irom moving C SS Set the parking brake firmly Put the shift lever in PARK P Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle To be even more certain the vehicle will not The following information tells you how to use the jack move you should put blocks at the front and and change a tire rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed That would be the tire on the other side at the opposite end of the vehicle 5 97 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 4 Turn the center nut on The equipment needed to change a tire is located in the compact spare tire the trunk cover counterclockwise 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 14 for more to remove it information is 2 Remove the convenience net if equipped by removing the net hook attachments j 3 Lift up the carpet 5 Remove the cover 6 Remove the compact spare tire See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 109 for more information 5 98
174. e and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits e use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 The services in Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 should be performed when indicated See Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and Maintenance Footnotes on page 6 7 for further information A CAUTION Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have any doubt see your dealer retailer to have a qualified technician do the work See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 5 4 Some maintenance services can be complex So unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment you should have your dealer retailer do these jobs When you go to your dealer retailer for your service needs you will know that trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine parts If you want to purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 15 Owner Checks and Services on page 6 8 tells you what should be checked when to check it and what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are l
175. e covered by your warranty Do not tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground The vehicle was not designed to be towed with all four wheels on the ground If the vehicle must be towed use a dolly See Dolly Towing following for more information 4 28 Dolly Towing The vehicle can be towed using a dolly To tow your vehicle using a dolly follow these steps 1 Put the front wheels on the dolly 2 Put the vehicle in PARK P 3 4 Clamp the steering wheel in a straight ahead Set the parking brake and then remove the key position Release the parking brake Towing a Trailer A CAUTION If you do not use the correct equipment and drive properly you can lose control when you pull a trailer For example if the trailer is too heavy the brakes may not work well or even at all You and your passengers could be seriously injured You may also damage your vehicle the resulting repairs would not be covered by your warranty Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the steps in this section Ask your dealer retailer for advice and information about towing a trailer with your vehicle The vehicle can tow a trailer if it is equipped with the proper trailer towing equipment To identify the trailering capacity of the vehicle read the information in Weight of the Trailer that appears later in this section Trailering is different than just driving the vehicle by itself Trailering m
176. e following procedure is for programming a new or replacement key when you have at least one already programmed key To program the new key do the following 1 Verify that the new key has PK3 stamped on it 2 Insert the master key in the ignition and start the engine If the engine will not start see your dealer retailer for service 3 After the engine has started turn the key to LOCK OFF and remove the key 2 22 4 Insert the key to be programmed and turn it to ON RUN within five seconds of removing the original key 5 The STARTING DISABLED DUE TO THEFT SYSTEM warning message on the DIC will turn off once the key has been programmed It may not be apparent that the SERVICE THEFT SYSTEM warning message went on due to how quickly the key is programmed 6 Repeat Steps 1 through 5 if additional keys are to be programmed If the STARTING DISABLED DUE TO THEFT SYSTEM warning message appears and stays on the DIC while the vehicle is being driven the engine will be able to be restarted if it is turned off Your PASS Key III system however is not working properly and must be serviced by your dealer retailer The vehicle is not protected by the PASS Key III system at this time If the PASS Key III key is lost or stolen see your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key III to have a new key made Do not leave the key or device that disarms or deactivates the theft deterrent system in the vehicle
177. e is provided when the vehicle is mired in sand mud or snow Flat Tire Change Installation of a spare tire in good condition when equipped and properly inflated is covered at no charge The customer is responsible for the repair or replacement of the tire if not covered by a warrantable failure Jump Siart A battery jump start is covered at no charge if the vehicle does not start Trip Routing Service Canada only Upon request Roadside Assistance will send you detailed computer personalized maps highlighting your choice of either the most direct route or the most scenic route to your destination anywhere in North America along with helpful travel information pertaining to your trip Please allow three weeks before your planned departure date Trip routing requests will be limited to six per calendar year e Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance Canada only In the event of a warranty related vehicle disablement while en route and over 250 kilometres from the original point of departure you may qualify for trip interruption expense assistance This assistance covers reasonable reimbursement of up to a maximum of 500 Canadian for A meals maximum of 50 day B lodging maximum of 100 night and C alternate ground transportation maximum of 40 day This benefit is to assist you with some of the unplanned expense you may incur while waiting for your vehicle to be repaired Pre authorization original d
178. e keys is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave keys in a Push the switch down or up to open or close the vehicle with children window The top switches operate the front windows and the bottom switches operate the rear windows When there are children in the rear seat use the window lockout button to prevent Each passenger door also has a switch located on the unintentional operation of the windows armrest that operates that window Push the switch rearward or forward to open or close the window The power window switches only work if the ignition is on or in ACC ACCESSORY or while Retained Accessory Power RAP is active See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 24 for more information Express Down Window The drivers window switch has an express down feature This allows the window to open fully without having to continuously hold the switch Tap the switch down and the driver s window will open a small amount Press the switch fully down and release and the window will go all the way down To stop the window while it is lowering press the bottom of the switch To raise the window press and hold the bottom of the switch Window Lockout fa Window
179. e of services performed in the boxes provided See Maintenance Requirements on page 6 2 Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 6 8 can be added on the following record pages You should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Maintenance Record cont d Odometer A Maintenance I or i Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed 6 16 Maintenance Record cont d Maintenance Record cont d Odometer A Maintenance I or i Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed 6 18 Section 7 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 06 7 2 Online Owner Center cceceeceeeeeeeneeeeeees 7 4 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TEY USES aicise eaaa EE i 7 5 Customer Assistance Offices ceeeeeeeea 7 5 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 6 Roadside Assistance Program eeeeeeeee 7 6 Scheduling Service Appointments 006 7 Courtesy Transportation 0cceseeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 7 9 Collision Damage Repair ceeceeeeeeneeeeenes 7 11 Reporting Safety Defects e 7 14 Customer Assistance Information Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors Service Publications Ordering Information Veh
180. e secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys 1 38 A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 60 for additional information When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with your child res
181. e slips off the jack Use the jack provided with your vehicle only for changing a flat tire 5 85 If a Tire Goes Flat GXP GXP models have no spare tire no tire changing equipment and no place for storing a spare or flat tire If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place and stopping Then do this 1 Turn on the hazard warning flashers See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 2 Park your vehicle Set the parking brake firmly and put the shift lever in PARK P See Shifting Into PARK P on page 2 34 for additional information 3 Turn off the engine 4 Inspect the flat tire If the tire has been separated from the wheel or has damaged sidewalls or large tears that allow rapid air loss call a tire repair facility See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 If the flat tire is due to a slow leak caused by a nail or other similar road hazard the tire inflator kit may be used to temporarily repair the damaged tire The kit uses a liquid tire sealant to seal small punctures in the tread area of the tire The flat tire is then inflated to at least 30 psi 207 kPa and driven to evenly distribute the tire sealant The tire pressure is checked after driving for a maximum of five miles 8 0 km to see if the slow leak has been stopped If the tire pressure is 19 psi 131 kPa or more inflate the tire up to the standard operating 5 86 pressure as shown on the tire and lo
182. e sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you ll be able to install adjust and maintain them properly e f your vehicle has anti lock brakes do not try to tap into your vehicle s brake system If you do both brake systems won t work well or at all e Even if your vehicle doesn t have anti lock brakes don t tap into your vehicle s brake system if the trailers brake system will use more than 0 02 cubic inch 0 3 cc of fluid from your vehicle s master cylinder If it does both braking systems won t work well You could even lose your brakes e Will the trailer brake parts take 3 000 psi 20 650 kPa of pressure If not the trailer brake system must not be used with your vehicle e f everything checks out this far then make the brake fluid tap at the upper rear master cylinder port But don t use copper tubing for this If you do it will bend and break off Use steel brake tubing Driving with a Trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road get to know the rig Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle is now a good deal longer and not nearly as responsive as the vehicle is by itself Before starting check the trailer hitch and platform and attachments safety chains electrical connector lamps tires and mirror adjustment If the trail
183. e the tire inflator kit 1 Place the inflator kit on the ground and unwrap the sealant filling hose from the compressor 2 Remove the air compressor accessory plug from the unit To do this pull the top portion of the wrapped cord out first then the bottom then unsnap the plug Do not insert the plug into an accessory outlet yet 3 Remove the valve stem cap from the flat tire by turning it counterclockwise If an object such as a nail has penetrated the tire do not remove it 5 89 A CAUTION Idling the engine in a closed in place or with the climate control system off can cause deadly carbon monoxide CO See Engine Exhaust on page 2 36 6 Start the vehicle See Starting the Engine on page 2 25 for more information The vehicle must be running while using the air compressor A CAUTION Inflating something too much can make it explode and you or others could be injured Be sure to read the inflator instructions and Make sure the inflator kit on off switch B is in the inflate the tire to its recommended pressure O off position Do not exceed 36 psi 248 kPa 5 Plug the air compressor accessory plug C into an accessory power outlet in the vehicle See i a Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 26 for more 7 Move the inflator kit switch to the I on position information The inflator kit will force sealant and air into the tire Sealant may leak from the puncture hole until the vehicle is drive
184. e this equipment At times you may notice a decrease in operating range This is normal for any RKE system If the transmitter does not work or if you have to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter to work try this e Check the distance You may be too far from your vehicle You may need to stand closer during rainy or snowy weather e Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again e Check to determine if battery replacement is necessary See Battery Replacement later in this section e If you are still having trouble see your dealer retailer or a qualified technician for service Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation The Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter functions will work up to 195 feet 60 m away however the operating range may be less while the vehicle is running There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System on page 2 3 SA The following functions may be available with your vehicle s RKE system ep With Remote Start Shown Without Remote Start Similar Q Remote Vehicle Start If your vehicle has this feature press Q to start the engine from outside the vehicle using the RKE transmitter See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 7 for additional information Lock Press to lock all the d
185. e three types of skids correspond to your vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid the wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin A cornering skid is best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If you do not have the Enhanced Traction System ETS or the Traction Control System TCS or if the system is off then an acceleration skid is also best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 7 or Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 If your vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough your vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden chan
186. e to the next screen INTERIOR LIGHTS WHEN KEY REMOVED This screen allows this feature to be turned OFF or ON This feature enables the interior lamps in the vehicle to turn on for about 25 seconds after the key is removed from the ignition If OFF is selected removing the key from the ignition will not cause the interior lamps to turn on If ON is selected removing the key from the ignition will cause the interior lamps to be turned on for about 25 seconds 3 90 To program this mode 1 Press and release the set reset button to scroll to either OFF or ON 2 Press the options button again to advance to the next screen AUTO DOOR UNLOCK This screen allows this feature to be turned off used for the driver s door only or for all the doors If OFF is selected none of the doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P If DRIVER is selected only the drivers door will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P If ALL is selected all the doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P To program this mode 1 Press and release the set reset button to scroll to either OFF DRIVER or ALL 2 Press the options button again to advance to the next screen AUTO DOOR UNLOCK ON If DRIVER or ALL was selected on the AUTO DOOR UNLOCK screen this screen allows selection of when the vehicle s doors will unlock The choices are when the key is removed from the ignition or when the ve
187. e tuned station broadcasts traffic announcements To receive the traffic announcement from the tuned station press this button Brackets are displayed around TRAF and when a traffic announcement broadcasts on the tuned radio station you will hear it If the station does not broadcast traffic announcements press the TRAF button and the radio seeks to a station that does When a station that broadcasts traffic announcements is found the radio stops seeking and brackets are displayed around TRAF If no station is found that broadcasts traffic announcements NO TRAFFIC displays 3 102 If the brackets are on the display and TRAF is not press the TRAF button to remove the brackets or use the TUNE knob or the SEEK arrows to go toa station that supports traffic announcements If no station is found that broadcasts traffic announcements NO TRAFFIC may display The radio plays the traffic announcement if the volume is low The radio interrupts the play of a CD if the last tuned station broadcasts traffic announcements and the brackets are displayed This function does not apply to XM Satellite Radio Service Radio Messages CALIBRATE The audio system has been calibrated for your vehicle from the factory If CALIBRATE displays it means that the radio has not been configured properly for your vehicle and it must be returned to your dealer retailer for service LOCKED Vehicles with the Theft Deterrent Feature may display LO
188. e vehicle after the doors have been locked place the shift lever into PARK P You may also unlock all doors using the power door lock switch or unlock one door using the inside manual door lock To program the door unlocking feature see Personal Programming Mode Screens under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 89 The locking feature cannot be disabled or programmed Rear Door Security Locks Your vehicle has rear door security locks that prevent passengers from opening the rear doors from the inside The rear door security locks are located on the inside edge of each rear door You must open the rear doors to access them To assist you in finding the lock your vehicle will have one of the following SG To use these locks do the following 1 Insert the key into the security lock slot and turn it so the slot is in the horizontal position 2 Close the door 3 Do the same for the other rear door When you want to open a rear door when the security lock is on do the following 1 Unlock the door using the remote keyless entry transmitter if the vehicle has one the power door lock switch or by lifting the rear door manual lock 2 Open the door from the outside To cancel the rear door security lock do the following 1 Unlock the door and open it from the outside 2 Insert the key into the security lock slot and turn it so the slot is in the vertical position 3 Do the same for the other rear
189. eally help on long trips Cruise control does not work at speeds below about 25 mph 40 km h Cruise control will not work if your parking brake is set or if the master cylinder brake fluid level is low Z CAUTION Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use your cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads If cruise control is on when the Traction Control System TCS if your vehicle has one begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 When road conditions allow you to safely use it again you may turn cruise control back on Setting Cruise Control A CAUTION If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control Move the cruise control switch to on Get up to the speed desired 3 Press in the set button at the end of the lever and release it Take your foot off the accelerator pedal This symbol along with the CRUISE SET y message will briefly appear in the Driver
190. eans changes in handling durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering takes correct equipment and it has to be used properly That is the reason for this part In it are many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers So please read this section carefully before pulling a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transmission wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against the drag of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads generating extra heat The trailer also adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements 4 29 If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer Here are some important points e There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailering Make sure your rig will be legal not only where you live but also where you will be driving A good source for this information can be state or provincial police e Consider using a sway control Ask a hitch dealer retailer about sway controls e Do not tow a trailer at all during the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km the new vehicle is driven The engine axle or other parts could be damaged e Then during the first 500 miles 800 km that the vehicle tows a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle T
191. eatss esinaine 1 9 Folding Seatback Passenger seeeeeeeee es 1 8 Front Reading Lamps eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 21 PUG iaar ge Lace cteneintariee e aae ide bestamevios oteies 5 5 AOGIIVGS eccngendetane trac a PE rE Sen ecactteacweas 5 6 Califormia Fuel nsss sireressirnirini iadsin 5 6 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 0 5 10 Filling the Tank ic 2s ecteicis cctwctaenttenacagenndatatedaces 5 8 Fuels in Foreign Countries c eeeeeeeeee ee 5 7 GOOG ston cartesian tet eas e EA 3 54 Gasoline Octane cece ceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeee eee ee 5 5 Gasoline Specifications cceeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 6 Running Out Of 2 0 0 ceeceeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeneee es 2 37 Fuses Fuses and Circuit Breakers 5 121 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 00 5 122 Underhood Fuse Block eceeeeeneeeee ees 5 124 Windshield Wiper eeeeeeeeeneeeeeee eee es 5 121 G Gage Engine Coolant Temperature 0208 3 49 FUG wiecveecicncsncSsdsdaniciieandadaneneeny adder iiA 3 54 Speedometer cceeeeeceeeeeneeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeeaes 3 40 Tachometer serein mea naa aeai Ss 3 40 Gasoline OGAN saar a chee 5 5 Specifications siareiros ai aa 5 6 Glove BOX ascori onise essen eaetieeaeets ena 2 43 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 6 5 7 6 H Hazard Warning Flashers ceeceeeeeeeeee eee ee 3 6 Head Restraints sic cccccceceesvnwsvetee
192. eaving electrical equipment plugged in for an extended period of time while the vehicle is off will drain the battery Power is always supplied to the outlets Always unplug electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum 20 ampere rating Certain electrical accessories may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses See your dealer retailer for additional information on accessory power outlets Notice Adding any electrical equipment to your vehicle may damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Check with your dealer retailer before adding electrical equipment When adding electrical equipment be sure to follow the proper installation instructions included with it Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter Your vehicle may have a removable muffin tin ashtray and cigarette lighter The muffin tin ashtray can be placed into the front center console cupholder To use the lighter located on the center console push it in all the way and let go When it is ready it will po
193. econds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on CRUISE SET This symbol comes on y with this message This message and symbol display briefly whenever the cruise control is set The cruise control light on the instrument panel cluster also comes on when cruise control is set See Cruise Control Light on page 3 53 CRUISE SET also appears briefly in the Head Up Display HUD if your vehicle has this feature This message displays when the ignition is in ON RUN See Cruise Control on page 3 12 for more information This message does not need to be acknowledged DELAYED LOCKING This message displays when the doors of the vehicle are closed and the delayed locking feature has been programmed through the DIC See DELAYED LOCKING under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 89 for more information This message displays when the ignition is in LOCK OFF A chime sounds for two seconds when this message is displayed This message cannot be acknowledged HEADLAMPS SUGGESTED This message displays when the amount of available light outside the vehicle is low and the exterior lamps control has been turned off This condition happens when the headlamps are turned off at night or the Dayti
194. ecured may cause damage to the safety belt or the seat When removing the child restraint always remember to return the safety belts to their normal stowed position before folding the rear seat 1 Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors secure the child restraint with the top tether and the safety belts Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual 1 1 Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position 1 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 3 Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors 2 If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor if equipped Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps 2 1 Find the top tether anchor 2 2 Pull open the top tether anchor cover to expose the anchor 2 3 Route attach and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions If the position you are using has a fixed headrest or head restraint and If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using does no
195. ed Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle If there seems to be no leak with the engine on check to see if the electric engine cooling fan s are running If the engine is overheating the fan s should be running If the fan s are not running the vehicle needs service Notice Engine damage from running your engine without coolant is not covered by your warranty See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 29 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant could require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km 5 32 or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by the warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in the vehicle How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Recovery Tank A CAUTION Adding only plain water to the cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will The vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture the engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning The engine could catch f
196. ed access to XM Radio Online for when you are not in your vehicle A service fee is required to receive the XM service For more information contact XM at www xmradio com or call 1 800 929 2100 in the U S and www xmradio ca or call 1 877 438 9677 in Canada Playing the Radio PWR Power Push this knob to turn the system on and off VOL Volume Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or to decrease the volume RCL Recall Push this knob to switch the display between the radio station frequency and the time When the ignition is turned off push this knob to display the time For RDS push the RCL knob to change what appears on the display while using RDS The display options are station name RDS station frequency PTY and the name of the program if available For XM if equipped push the RCL knob while in XM mode to retrieve four different categories of information related to the current song or channel Artist Song Title Category or PTY Channel Number Channel Name To change the default on the display push the RCL knob until you see the desired display then hold the knob until the display flashes The selected display is now the default SCV Speed Compensated Volume Vehicles with the SCV feature automatically lets the audio system adjust volume to make up for road and wind noise while driving Set the volume at the desired level Press this button to select MIN minimu
197. ed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 1 48 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position Your vehicle has airbags A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 38 In addition your vehicle has a passenger sensing system which is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 60 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 43 for more information on this including important safety information A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off
198. ed when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on LOW WASHER FLUID This symbol comes on with this message This message displays when the windshield washer fluid is low Fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir as soon as possible See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for location of the windshield washer fluid reservoir Also see Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 40 for more information This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds when this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 77 PARKING BRAKE ON This symbol comes on P with this message This message displays to alert the driver when the vehicle s parking brake is on the ignition is in ON RUN and the vehicle speed is greater than 5 mph 8 km h See Parking Brake on page 2 33 for more information The bra
199. ede Use a mild solution of lukewarm water and a neutral dish soap on a soft cloth or sponge For the following stains follow these instructions Coffee Tea and Milk Blot with a clean soft white cloth Then clean with mild soapy water and a clean white cloth Cosmetics Clean with mild soapy water and a clean white cloth Jelly Syrup and Fruit Remove most of the solids then clean with warm tap water and a clean white cloth Oil and Grease Sprinkle baking soda on the spot brush then wipe with a clean white cloth Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of your interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on your instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions
200. edee dienes seoesion sens 1 7 Headlamp AIMN seiere a E EE 5 51 Headlamp Wiring eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenes 5 120 Headlamps Bulb Replacement ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 54 Daytime Running Lamps seeren 3 17 Exterior Lamps c ses ccacracncstaereenspsrenanasecearenasens 3 16 FIASH 10 PASS cacicdccnnscctncanetdedentecednencictes reatienten 3 9 Front Turn Signal Parking and Fog Lamps 5 57 Halogen Bulbs seiren ieira s 5 54 Headlamps and Sidemarker Lamps 5 54 Headlamps cont High Low Beam Changer eee 3 9 Oni Reminder svcececececseteecbieackasetebia set iaace nese 3 17 Headlamps and Sidemarker Lamps 06 5 5 54 Head Up Display HUD ce eeeeeeee eee 3 23 Heated Seats onseren nisreen ine OTEA 1 4 Heater S E N EE 3 28 He tet e csiposeishinboss ie n Ei E avis ake 3 32 Highbeam On Light 2 2 c ccccssceinestnceceeetnenanonnee 3 54 Highway Hypnosis seeeceeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeens 4 16 Hill and Mountain Roads ccceeeeeeeeeeee eens 4 16 Hood Checking Things Under eeeeeeeeeeeees 5 10 Release iicn saguaigbwnjacstaeccedess exasunane 5 11 FOUN e R a E E a a clean 3 6 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 005 1 15 I Ignition POSITIONS acra rieni n bina 2 23 Infants and Young Children Restraints 1 32 Inflation Tire Pressure ecese 5 69 Inflator Kit Tire ccc cc ccc
201. eenees 7 6 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 22 Routing Engine Drive Belt aanne 6 14 Running Out of Fuel ceeeeeeeeeee teeter eee ees 2 37 Safety Belt Reminder Light scce riein aiaa 3 41 Safety Belts Care Of ouian apai ee a EOR EREA 5 114 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 15 Lap Shoulder Belt ccceeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeee ees 1 22 Safety Belts cont Safety Belt Extender c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeen tees 1 28 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 28 Safety Belts Are for Everyone 0eeeee 1 10 Safety Warnings and Symbols 0 ceeeeeeneee ees iii Scheduled Maintenance 0 cceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 6 4 Seatback Folding Passenger eseeeeeeeees 1 8 Seats Head ROStraintS iscccncesascngceateeecte es ceetencannetenss 1 7 Heated Seats ccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeceseeeneeeeeees 1 4 Passenger Folding Seatback eeeeeeeee 1 8 Power LUMBAR aracin eene 1 4 Power Seat paee scieiiii iian nei a E a 1 3 Reclining Seatbacks ccceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeenes 1 5 Split Folding Rear Seat accer 1 9 Securing a Child Restraint Rear Seat Position ccceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee ees 1 46 Right Front Seat Position 0 0 ee 1 49 SEIN ICO aea cae soneaaetnesaigsecee EA 5 3 Accessories and Modifications 0 5 3 Adding Equipment to the Outside Of Your Vehicle seecicemectccice
202. eesesrernenne 5 117 Washing Your Vehicle o ae 5 114 WeatherStripS scence 5 114 Windshield and Wiper Blades 5 116 Climate Control System ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 3 28 Air Filter Passenger Compartment 3 36 Dual Automatic 0 0 0 0 cceceecee stent eee eee eee ee een es 3 32 Outlet Adjustment c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eenes 3 36 Clock Setting ssie e a EE E 3 95 Collision Damage Repair c eeeeeeeeeeneeeeenes 7 11 Compact Spare Tire cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee een ees 5 109 COMPASS srar reenen EEEE NE EEKE EER A 3 65 Compressor Kit Tire Sealant c 0ceeeeeees 5 86 Content Theft Deterrent ceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 2 18 Control of a Vehicle cccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 3 Convenience Net c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeaeenes 2 44 Coolant Engine Temperature Gage ceeeeeeeneee ees 3 49 Engine Temperature Warning Light 3 48 Heater ENQING 2c24 tec ivise gis desieeta sie lene seid eae 2 26 Cooling SysteM cceeeeceeeeee eee eee eee eee eee eeeeenes 5 30 Courtesy LAMPS ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeaeeneenes 3 19 Cruise Control my eeraa enee Ea EA 3 12 Cruise Control Light cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 3 53 C pholder S sirien eenasinepe ekoe I ies KEN 2 43 Customer Assistance Information Courtesy Transportation s seseeeeeeeeeereeeeeee 7 9 Customer Assistance for Text Te
203. ehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by the LATCH system See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 39 for more information A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint Z CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Because there are different systems it is important to refer to the instructions that come with the restraint Make sure the child is properly secured following the instructions that came with that restraint 1 37 Where to Put the Restraint Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that children and child restraints b
204. ehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance might not be covered by warranty Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment All recommended maintenance is important Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your vehicle To help protect our environment and to keep your vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain your vehicle properly Using the Maintenance Schedule We want to help you keep your vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You might drive very short distances only a few times a week Or you might drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You might use your vehicle in making deliveries Or you might drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs vary You might need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition see your dealer retailer This schedule is for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits You will find these limits on the Tir
205. ehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles 24 km when outside temperatures are above 50 F 10 C If it is colder than 50 F 10 C you may have to drive longer Checking the Fluid Level Prepare the vehicle as follows 1 Park the vehicle on a level place Keep the engine running 2 With the parking brake applied place the shift lever in PARK P 3 With your foot on the brake pedal move the shift lever through each gear pausing for about three seconds in each one Then position the shift lever in PARK P 4 Let the engine run at idle for three to five minutes Then without shutting off the engine follow these steps The transmission fluid dipstick handle has this symbol on it and is located near the rear of the engine compartment See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location 1 Pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel 2 Push it back in all the way wait three seconds and then pull it back out again ADD 1PT SL K 3 Check both sides of the dipstick and read the lower level The fluid level must be in the crosshatched area 4 If the fluid level is in the acceptable range push the dipstick back in all the way How to Add Automatic Transmission Fluid Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of transmission fluid to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 5 23 If the fluid level is low add only
206. ehicle with the engine running If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running be sure your vehicle is in PARK P and your parking brake is firmly set before you leave it After you have moved the shift lever into PARK P hold the regular brake pedal down Then see if you can move the shift lever away from PARK P without first pushing the button If you can it means that the shift lever was not fully locked in PARK P Torque Lock If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift your transmission into PARK P properly the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of PARK P This is called torque lock To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into PARK P properly before you leave the driver s seat To find out how see Shifting Into PARK P on page 2 34 When you are ready to drive move the shift lever out of PARK P before you release the parking brake If torque lock does occur you may need to have another vehicle push your vehicle a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission so you can pull the shift lever out of PARK P Shifting Out of PARK P This vehicle has an electronic shift lock release system The shift lock release is designed to e Prevent ignition key removal unless the shift lever is in PARK P with the shift lever
207. einstall it 5 60 Windshield Replacement If your vehicle is equipped with the Head Up Display HUD system keep in mind that your windshield is part of the HUD system If you ever have to get your windshield replaced be sure to get one that is designed for HUD or your HUD image may look blurred or out of focus Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or cracking See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information on wiper blade inspection Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways For the proper type and length see Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 13 Here is how to remove the wiper blade 1 Pull the windshield wiper arm connector away from the windshield 2 While holding the wiper arm pull the clip up from the blade connecting point and pull the blade assembly down toward the windshield to remove it from the wiper arm 3 Install the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm and snap the clip into place 5 61 Tires Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your vehicle Warranty booklet for details A CAUTION Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous e Overloading your vehicle s tires can cause overheating as a result of too much flexing You could have an air out
208. els Tire and wheels other than those recommended for your vehicle could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly See Buying New Tires on page 5 78 e Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning it cannot detect or signal a low tire condition See your dealer retailer for service if the TPMS malfunction light and DIC message comes on and stays on TPMS Sensor Matching Process Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code Any time you replace one or more of the TPMS sensors or rotate the vehicle s tires the identification codes need to be matched to the new tire wheel position The sensors are matched to the tire wheel positions in the following order driver side front tire passenger side front tire passenger side rear tire and driver side rear tire using a TPMS diagnostic tool See your dealer for service The TPMS sensors may also be matched to each tire wheel position by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure When increasing the tire s pressure do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure indicated on the tire s sidewall To decrease the tire s air pressure use the pointed end of the valve cap a pencil style air pressure gage ora key You have two minutes to match each tire and wheel position If it takes longer than two minutes to match any tire and wheel position
209. en fatal injuries The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs Q What is wrong with this A The belt is buckled in the wrong place A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not on the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you Q What is wrong with this A The belt is over an armrest A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt goes over an armrest like this The belt would be much too high In a crash you can slide under the belt The belt force would then be applied on the abdomen not on the pelvic bones and that could cause serious or fatal injuries Be sure the belt goes under the armrests Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest
210. enough of the proper fluid to bring the level into the crosshatched area on the dipstick 1 Pull out the dipstick 2 Using a long neck funnel add enough fluid at the dipstick hole to bring it to the proper level It does not take much fluid generally less than one pint 0 5 L Do not overfill Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 3 After adding fluid recheck the fluid level as described under How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid earlier in this section 4 When the correct fluid level is obtained push the dipstick back in all the way Engine Coolant The cooling system in the vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant This coolant is designed to remain in the vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first if only DEX COOL extended life coolant is added 5 24 The following explains the cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low If there is a problem with engine overheating or if coolant needs to be added to the radiator see Engine Overheating on page 5 27 A 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL engine coolant will e Give freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C e Give boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C e Protect against r
211. ents For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 60 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description These characters represent the load range and speed rating of the tire The load index represents the load carry capacity a tire is certified to carry The load index can range from 1 to 279 The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load Speed ratings range from A to Z 5 66 Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materi
212. ep turning the pressure cap and remove it 3 8L V6 Engine Notice Your engine has a specific radiator fill A CAUTION procedure Failure to follow this procedure could cause your engine to overheat and be severely damaged You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine 3 Remove the engine cover to access the bleed valve 3 1 Clean the area around the engine oil fill tube and cap before removing Twist the oil fill tube with cap attached counterclockwise and remove it 3 8L V6 Engine 1 You can remove the pressure cap when the cooling system including the pressure cap and upper radiator hose is no longer hot Turn the cap slowly counterclockwise If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop A hiss means there is still some pressure left 5 34 4 After the engine cools open the coolant air bleed valve located on the thermostat housing near the upper radiator hose Thermostat Housing 3 8L V6 Engine 3 2 Lift the engine cover at the front slide the catch tab out of the engine bracket and remove the cover 3 3 Put the oil fill tube with cap attached in the valve cover oil fill hole until you are ready to replace the cover 5 35 7 Replace the engine cover 7 1 Remove the oil fill tube with cap attached from the valve cover 7 2 Insert the catch ta
213. er has electric brakes start the vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check the electrical connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working 4 33 Following Distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as when driving the vehicle without a trailer This can prevent situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing More passing distance is needed up ahead when towing a trailer And because the vehicle and trailer are a good deal longer distances between any vehicles that are passed must be greater before returning to the proper lane Backing Up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left move that hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move that hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you 4 34 Making Turns Notice Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle Your vehicle could be damaged Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering When turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so the trailer will not strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal
214. er water deflector above the filter stays in place 11 Reverse steps 1 through 8 3 37 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators This part describes the warning lights and gages on your vehicle The pictures help to locate them Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to the warning lights and gages could also save you or others from injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions As the details show on the next few pages some warning lights come on briefly when you start the engine just to let you know they are working If you are familiar with this section you should not be alarmed when this happens 3 38 Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to let you know when there is a problem with your vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on as you are driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that tells you what to do about it Please follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous So please get to know your vehicle s warning lights and gages They can be a big help Your vehicle may also have a Driver Information Center DIC that works along with the warnin
215. erior lamps control is fully turned clockwise Dome Lamp If the vehicle does not have an overhead console it will have a dome light located in the front of the headliner The switch on this lamp has three positions The on position will turn on the lamp anytime The door position will turn on the lamp whenever a door is opened The off position will shut off the lamp completely even while a door is opened Entry Lighting The entry lighting feature turns the interior lights on before anyone enters the vehicle The interior lamps will come on for 40 seconds when the doors are unlocked using the remote keyless entry transmitter and the ignition is in LOCK OFF After 40 seconds have elapsed the interior lamps will slowly fade out The lamps will fade out before 40 seconds have elapsed if one of the following is done e Lock all doors using the remote keyless entry transmitter e Lock the doors using the power door lock switch When any door is opened entry lighting is cancelled The interior lamps will stay on while any door is opened and slowly fade out when all doors are closed The interior lamps may stay on for up to 25 seconds after all doors have been closed if they have not been locked 3 20 Delayed Entry Lighting The delayed lighting feature will continue to light the interior of the vehicle for 25 seconds after all the doors have been closed Delayed lighting will not occur while the ignition is in ON RUN or ACC ACCES
216. erly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 128 for the wheel nut torque specification 5 106 12 Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross Q sequence as shown ay OO Notice Wheel covers will not fit on your vehicle s compact spare If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare the cover or the spare could be damaged Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools A CAUTION Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store all these in the proper place After the compact spare tire is put on the vehicle store the flat tire in the trunk Use the following procedure to secure it in the trunk When storing a full size tire use the extension and protector guide located in the foam holder to help avoid wheel surface damage To store a full size tire 1 Install the tools in their original location in the trunk area and secure 2 Place the tire in the trunk with the valve stem facing down and the protector guide placed through a wheel bolt hole 3 Remove the protector and attach the retainer securely 4 Place the protector guide back in the foam holder when put
217. erson of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger s seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat If this happens turn the vehicle off remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers and ask the person to place the seatback in the fully upright position then sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for two to three minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and then enable the right front passenger s frontal airbag Safety belts help keep the passenger in position on the seat during vehicle maneuvers and braking which helps the passenger sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status See Safety Belts and Child Restraints in the Index for additional information about the importance of proper restraint use A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of the airbag s See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 42 for more on this including important safety information
218. ery or if the battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This can take several days of routine driving If you have done this and your vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD system readiness your dealer retailer can prepare the vehicle for inspection Oil Pressure Light If there is a problem with the vehicle s oil pressure this light may stay on when the engine is started par It may also come on while the vehicle is being driven This indicates that the engine could be low on oil or could have some other oil problem Have it fixed right away The oil light could also come on in two other situations e When the ignition is on but the engine is not running the light will come on as a test to indicate it is working The light will go out when the engine is started If it does not come on while the ignition is in the on position there may be a problem with the fuse or bulb See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 121 e If the brakes are applied quickly and the vehicle makes a hard stop the light may come on for a moment This is normal A CAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low If you do your engine can become so hot that it catches fire You or others could be burned Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance may damage
219. es are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make checks payable in U S funds Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Your GM vehicle has a number of sophisticated computers that record information about the vehicle s performance and how it is driven For example your vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance to monitor the conditions for airbag deployment and deploy airbags in a crash and if so equipped to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the vehicle These modules may store data to help your dealer retailer technician service your vehicle Some modules may also store data about how you operate the vehicle such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed These modules may also retain the owner s personal preferences such as radio pre sets seat positions and temperature settings Event Data Recorders This vehicle has an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The
220. es iii Vehicle Damage ceeeeeeeeeeneseeeeeeeeeeeees iv 14 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance 5 82 Different S ZE cece eee eee e eee eeaeeceeeeeneees 5 80 Replacement ij issciscscracaesvbecuncsssaiehataedanacecthens 5 82 Where to Put the Restraint eee eeeeee eee 1 38 WINDOWS s2ececsiie haaraan ane E ER AES 2 16 POWGP aoaea E E 2 17 Windshield Replacements peiisscesacnts sasehies iaaiiai 5 61 Washer Flui 2 0 coe cete eee sen see nee snaeeeeenaweeee 5 40 Wiper Blade Replacement ee 5 61 Wiper Blades Cleaning eeeeeeeeneees 5 116 Wip r FUSOS icgiccetenccnncendeitdaihndetneteaveutdanets 5 121 Wiper LeVOR racicasisosonn a a ae ai 3 10 Winter DriVING siscccicteccecicecanceutinastataeeeeencheancnn 4 17 X XM Radio Messages sceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 3 114 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 118 Y Your Vehicle and the Environment 000 6 2
221. es to the next track plays for 10 seconds then goes to the next track Press either SCAN arrow again to stop scanning To scan all loaded CDs press and hold either SCAN arrow for more than four seconds until CD SCAN displays and a beep sounds Use this feature to listen to 10 seconds of the first track of each loaded CD Press either SCAN arrow again to stop scanning RCL Recall Push this button or depending on the radio press the RCL knob to see how long the current track has been playing To change the default on the display track and elapsed time push the button until the desired option displays then hold the button until the display flashes The selected display is now the default BAND Depending on the radio press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The inactive CD s remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD while listening to the radio 3 106 Care of Your CDs If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled Handle them carefully Store CD R s in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD player scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD does not play properly or not at al
222. ess this button to turn the air conditioning compressor on or off An indicator light to the right of the button will come on This button has no control over the air conditioning compressor when in Floor Defog and Defrost modes The instrument panel brightness control may have to be adjusted to the highest setting in order to see the indicator See Instrument Panel Brightness on page 3 19 for additional information On hot days during the vehicle s initial start up open the windows to let hot inside air escape then close them This helps to reduce the time it takes for the vehicle to cool down It also helps the system to operate more efficiently 3 30 For quicker cool down on hot days do the following 1 Select any mode setting between vent and the setting before defrost 2 Select the air conditioner 3 Select the coolest temperature 4 Select the highest climate control fan speed Using these settings will set recirculation for quicker cool down the light indicator will not turn on If outside air is desired press the recirculation button twice Using these settings together for long periods of time may cause the air inside the vehicle to become too dry To prevent this from happening after five minutes the recirculation door will open slightly to allow some outside air into the vehicle The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air so sometimes there may be a small amount of water dripping unde
223. essage cannot be acknowledged TRACTION CONTROL ACTIVE This symbol comes on with this message TC If the vehicle has the traction system this message displays when the system is on TRACTION CONTROL ACTIVE also appears in the Head Up Display HUD if your vehicle has this feature This message only displays while the ignition is in ON RUN and will not disappear until driving conditions change and the system is no longer active This message cannot be acknowledged or cleared from the screen 3 87 TRACTION CONTROL OFF This symbol comes on with this message If the vehicle has the traction system this message displays when the system turns off TRACTION CONTROL OFF also appears in the Head Up Display HUD if your vehicle has this feature This message only displays while the ignition is in ON RUN and disappears after three seconds A chime sounds once and the message stays on for three seconds and then disappears A warning light indicating that this system is deactivated also appears on the instrument panel cluster See Traction Control System TCS Warning Light on page 3 47 3 88 Any of the following conditions may cause the system to turn off e The system is turned off by pressing the TC traction control button located on the center console See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 or Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 7 for more information e The battery is low e There is a system fail
224. etailed receipts and a copy of the repair order are required Once authorization has been given your advisor will help you make any necessary arrangements and explain how to claim for trip interruption expense assistance e Alternative Service Canada only There may be times when Roadside Assistance cannot provide timely assistance Your advisor may authorize you to secure local emergency road service and you will be reimbursed up to 100 upon submission of the original receipt to Roadside Assistance In many instances mechanical failures may be covered However any cost for parts and labor for non warranty repairs are the responsibility of the driver Pontiac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to limit services or reimbursement to an owner or driver when in their sole discretion the claims become excessive in frequency or type of occurrence Calling For Assistance For prompt and efficient assistance when calling please provide the following to the Roadside Assistance Representative e Your name home address and home telephone number e Telephone number of your location e Location of the vehicle e Model year color and license plate number of the vehicle e Odometer reading Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle e Description of the problem Towing and Road Service Exclusions Specifically excluded from Roadside Assistance coverage are towing or services fo
225. event the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle A CAUTION When an airbag inflates there may be dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention Your vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors turn the interior lamps on and turn the hazard warning flashers on when the airbags inflate You can lock the doors turn the interior lamps off and turn the hazard warning flashers off by using the controls for those features In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag e Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an airbag inflates you will need some new parts for the airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for your vehicle
226. f oil that is in the vehicle and some other things on location Instead of trying to list everything here we ask that 3 Plug the cord into a normal grounded you contact your dealer retailer in the area where the 110 volt AC outlet vehicle will be parked The dealer retailer can give you the best advice for that particular area A CAUTION Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 2 27 Active Fuel Management Your vehicle s engine may be equipped with Active Fuel Management This system allows the engine to operate on either all or half of its cylinders depending on your driving conditions When less power is required such as cruising at a constant vehicle speed the system will operate in the half cylinder mode allowing your vehicle to achieve better fuel economy When greater power demands are required such as accelerating from a stop passing or merging onto a freeway the system will maintain full cylinder operation 2 28 Automatic Transmission Operation The shift lever for the automatic transmission is located on the console between the seats Maximum engine speed is limited when the vehicle
227. f this button to eject a CD s A beep sounds and the indicator light flashes to indicate when a CD is being ejected REMOVE CD displays The CD can be removed If the CD is not removed after 25 seconds the CD is automatically pulled back into the player If the CD is pushed back into the player before the 25 second time period is complete the player senses an error and tries to eject the CD several times before stopping 3 104 Do not repeatedly press the CD eject button to eject a CD after trying to push it in manually The player s 25 second eject timer resets at each press of eject causing the player to not eject the CD until the 25 second time period has elapsed Once the player stops and the CD is ejected remove the CD After removing the CD push the PWR knob off and then on again or wait for the system to reset This clears the CD sensing feature and enables CDs to be loaded into the player again gt 1 Forward or FWD gt Forward Depending on the radio that your vehicle has the reverse arrows will look different but they function the same Press and hold this button to advance quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this pushbutton to play the passage The elapsed time of the track displays RPT Repeat For the Radio with Six Disc CD player use this feature to repeat one track or an entire CD To use repeat do the following e To repeat the track you are listening to press
228. filter is located near the passenger s side windshield wiper arm under the inlet grille The filter traps most of the pollen from entering the climate control system Similar to the engine s air filter it may need to be changed periodically to insure system performance See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information To change the passenger compartment air filter 1 Turn the ignition to ACC ACCESSORY and the windshield wipers on 2 Turn the ignition to LOCK OFF when the windshield wipers are in the upright position 3 Raise the hood 4 Disconnect the windshield washer pump hose from the fender rail and the air inlet grille 5 Remove the hood weather strip from the passenger s side of the vehicle peeling it back halfway 6 Remove the two air inlet grille retainers using a flat tool to first pry up on the center post and then the remainder of the fastener can be pulled out 7 Remove the air inlet grille by sliding it down to disengage the two tabs that hold it to the bottom of the windshield glass Place the grille on the windshield while you remove the filter Do not try to remove the grille from the vehicle because 8 Remove the water deflector it is still attached on the right side of the vehicle 9 Remove the passenger compartment air filter by a fastener 10 Install a new passenger compartment air filter Make sure it slides under the compartment retainers Be sure the long rubb
229. fog lamps on The band will return to its original position HO To turn the fog lamps off turn the band up to the fog lamp symbol and release it The band will return to its original position If the high beam headlamps are on the fog lamps will turn off The fog lamps will go on again when the low beam headlamps are turned back on This symbol appears on the instrument panel cluster when the fog lamps are on The parking lamps must be on for the fog lamps to work Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps Exterior Lighting Battery Saver If the parking lamps or headlamps have been left on after the ignition has been turned to off the exterior lamps will turn off after about 10 minutes This protects the battery from being drained Use the exterior lamp control to turn the lamps back on if they are still needed Interior Lamps The interior lamps can be controlled or automatically turn on or off under certain conditions They are explained in the following text Instrument Panel Brightness This feature controls the brightness of the instrument panel lights The interior lamps control is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering column Turn the control to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel lights Courtesy Lamps When a door is opened the courtesy lamps will automatically come on These lamps will also come on when the int
230. from on to resume accelerate Hold it there until you get up to the speed desired and then release the switch To increase the vehicle speed in very small amounts move the switch briefly to resume accelerate Each time this is done the vehicle will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h faster The acceleration feature will only work after the cruise control speed has been set by pushing the cruise control set button Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to reduce the vehicle s speed while using cruise control e Press and hold the set button until you reach the lower speed desired then release it e To slow down in very small amounts briefly press the set button Each time this is done the vehicle will slow down about one mph 1 6 km h Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle s speed When you take your foot off the pedal the vehicle will slow down to the cruise control speed set earlier Using Cruise Control on Hills How well the cruise control will work on hills depends upon the vehicle s speed its load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills the accelerator pedal might have to be used in order to maintain the vehicle s speed When going downhill the brakes might have to be applied or the transmission might have to be shifted to a lower gear to keep the vehicle s speed down Doing either of these things will take t
231. g lights and gages See Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 55 for more information Instrument Panel Cluster The instrument panel cluster is designed to show at a glance how the vehicle is running It will show how fast the vehicle is going about how much fuel is in the fuel tank and many other things needed to drive the vehicle safely and economically OLO BRAKE A United States version shown Canada similar The vehicle is equipped with this cluster or one very similar to it It has indicator warning lights that are explained on the following pages Be sure to read about them 3 39 Speedometer and Odometer The speedometer shows the vehicle s speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h The odometer located on the Driver Information Center DIC display shows how far the vehicle has been driven in either miles or kilometers See DIC Operation and Displays Uplevel DIC with Trip Computer on page 3 55 or DIC Operation and Displays Base Level DIC on page 3 62 for more information If the vehicle has the Head Up Display HUD the speed will also be displayed on the HUD screen If a vehicle has to have a new odometer installed a new one can be set to the mileage total of the old odometer if that can be done If it cannot than it will be set at zero and a label must be put on the driver s door to show the old mileage reading when the new odometer was installed 3 40
232. gear Pull either paddle once to down shift to the next gear The vehicle will begin moving in first gear upon acceleration For better control in icy or slippery conditions the vehicle may start out in SECOND 2 rather than FIRST 1 This will only occur if you have tapped up to second gear The up shift light on the instrument panel cluster or the up shift symbol on the HUD if equipped is given as a prompt to use the TAP Shift paddle 2 32 For more information see Up Shift Light on page 3 45 The up shift light will only appear in the instrument panel cluster if the HUD is off or if the vehicle does not have HUD This prompt to up shift as needed will be given throughout acceleration If up shifting does not occur when prompted the vehicle speed will be limited to protect the engine The gear position will display on the DIC and HUD if equipped when in manual mode Pressing the accelerator while driving in the highest gear FOURTH 4 between 20 mph 32 km h and 50 mph 80 km h will make the transmission automatically downshift As your speed gets closer to 50 mph 80 km h you will need to increase accelerator pedal travel to get the vehicle to downshift At 50 mph 80 km h even with the accelerator fully depressed the transmission will always remain in FOURTH 4 The transmission will also automatically downshift as the vehicle decelerates and comes to a stop If a paddle is pushed or pu
233. ges could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt If you have the Antilock Brake System ABS remember It helps avoid only the braking skid If you do not have ABS then in a braking skid where the wheels are no longer rolling release enough pressure on the brakes to get the wheels rolling again This restores steering control Push the brake pedal down steadily when you have to stop suddenly As long as the wheels are rolling you will have steering control Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving because some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Night driving tips include e Drive defensively e Do not drink and drive e Reduce headlamp glare by adjusting the inside rearview mirror e Slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles because your headlamps can only light up so much road ahead e Watch for animals e When tired pull off the road e Do not wear sunglasses e Avoid staring directly into approaching headlamps e Keep the windshield and all glass on your vehicle clean inside and out e Keep your eyes moving especially during turns or curves No one can see as well at night as in
234. glasses could make the HUD image harder to see 3 25 Care of the HUD Clean the inside of the windshield as needed to remove any dirt or film that could reduce the sharpness or clarity of the HUD image To clean the HUD lens use a soft clean cloth that has household glass cleaner sprayed on it Wipe the HUD lens gently then dry it Do not spray cleaner directly on the lens because the cleaner could leak into the unit If You Cannot See the HUD Image When the Ignition Is On e Is anything covering the HUD lens e Is the HUD dimmer setting bright enough e Is the HUD image adjusted to the proper height e Are you wearing polarized sunglasses Still no HUD image Check the fuse in the instrument panel fuse block See nstrument Panel Fuse Block on page 5 122 3 26 If the HUD Image Is Not Clear e Is the HUD image too bright e Are the windshield and HUD lens clean If the HUD image is not correct contact your dealer retailer Keep in mind that the windshield is part of the HUD system See Windshield Replacement on page 5 61 Accessory Power Outlet s The vehicle has two 12 volt outlets which can be used to plug in electrical equipment One accessory power outlet is located on the center console below the front edge of the storage console The other is located inside the console Remove the tethered cap to use the outlet When not using the outlet be sure to cover it with the protective cap Notice L
235. h Trip Computer on page 3 55 or DIC Operation and Displays Base Level DIC on page 3 62 for DIC button descriptions Other warning messages are not allowed to be cleared until the problem indicated by the warning message is taken care of When the problem indicated by the message is resolved it can be acknowledged and the screen can be reset Be sure to take any message that appears on the DIC screen seriously and remember that clearing the messages that are able to be acknowledged will only make the message disappear not correct the problem A C OFF FOR ENGINE PROTECTION This message displays when the engine coolant becomes hotter than the normal operating temperature To avoid added strain on a hot engine the air conditioning compressor is automatically turned off When the coolant temperature returns to normal the air conditioning compressor turns back on The vehicle can then continue to be driven This message comes on while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds when this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this warning message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for three seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when t
236. harged at idle if the electrical loads are very high This is true for all vehicles This is because the generator alternator may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all the power that is needed for very high electrical loads A high electrical load occurs when several of the following loads are on headlamps high beams fog lamps rear window defogger climate control fan at high speed heated seats engine cooling fans trailer loads and loads plugged into accessory power outlets EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery It does this by balancing the generator s output and the vehicle s electrical needs It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power whenever needed It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories 3 22 Normally these actions occur in steps or levels without being noticeable In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action this action may be noticeable to the driver If so a Driver Information Center DIC message might be displayed such as Battery Saver Active If this message is displayed it is recommended that the driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 Battery Run Down Protection The vehicle has a feature to help prevent the battery from draining in case the interior trunk or underhood lamps are accidentally left on If any of these lamps are left on while the ignition is
237. he vehicle out of cruise It may be better not to use the cruise control if the brakes constantly have to be applied or the vehicle continuously needs to be shifted to a lower gear Ending Cruise Control There are two ways to turn off the cruise control e Step lightly on the brake pedal e Move the cruise control switch to off Erasing Speed Memory The cruise control set speed memory is erased when the cruise control or the ignition is turned off Exterior Lamps The exterior lamp control is located to the left of the steering wheel on the multifunction lever It controls the following systems Headlamps e Taillamps Parking Lamps License Plate Lamps Instrument Panel Lights Exterior Lamp Control Turn the band with this symbol on it to operate the exterior lamps The exterior lamp band has four positions D Off Turn the band to this position to turn off all lamps AUTO Automatic Turn the control to this position to automatically turn on the headlamps at normal brightness together with the following e Parking Lamps e Taillamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights To override AUTO mode turn the control to off To reset to AUTO mode turn the control to exterior lamps and then back to AUTO Automatic mode will also reset when the vehicle is turned off and then back on again while the control is left in the AUTO position 500 Parking Lamp Turn the band to this position to tur
238. he Bumper to Bumper Base Warranty Coverage period in Canada and extended powertrain warranty in both the U S and Canada Several courtesy transportation options are available to assist in reducing your inconvenience when warranty repairs are required Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Shuttle service is the preferred means of offering Courtesy Transportation Dealers may provide you with shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service within reasonable time and distance parameters of the dealers area Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs and public transportation is used instead of the dealer s shuttle service the expense must be supported by original receipts and can only be up to the maximum amount allowed by GM for shuttle service In addition for U S customers should
239. he driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked The seats have manual reclining seatbacks The lever used to operate them is located on the outboard side of the seats Driver s Seat with Power Seat Power Lumbar and Manual Recline shown To recline the seatback do the following Lift the recline lever Move the seatback to the desired position then release the lever to lock the seatback in place Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked To return the seatback to an upright position do the following 1 Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the A CAUTION seatback and the seatback will return to the upright position Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle 2 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is is in motion can be dangerous Even if you locked buckle up your safety belts cannot do their job when you are reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be against your body Instead it will be in front of you In a crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either In a crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvi
240. he engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on SERVICE THEFT SYSTEM This message displays if there is a problem with the theft deterrent system programmed in the key A fault has been detected in the system which means that the system is disabled and it is not protecting the vehicle The vehicle usually restarts however you may want to take the vehicle to your dealer retailer before turning off the engine See Keys on page 2 2 for information on the PASS Key III system This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds while this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 83 SERVICE TIRE MONITOR SYSTEM This message displays if a part on the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS is not working properly The tire pressure light also flashes and then remains on during the same ignition cycle See Tire Press
241. he engine is turned on 3 67 AJAR This symbol appears with this message OA This message displays when a door or the trunk is not closed properly If your vehicle has the remote start feature this message also displays when the hood is not closed properly The graphic highlights the area that is not closed properly Make sure that the area indicated is closed completely This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds when the gear position is shifted out of PARK P Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for three seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 68 BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE This message displays when the system detects that the battery voltage is dropping beyond a reasonable level The battery saver system starts reducing certain features of the vehicle which you may be able to notice At the point that the features are disabled this message is displayed It means that the vehicle is trying to save the charge in the battery Turn off all unnecessary accessories to allow the battery to recharge The normal battery voltage range is 11 5 to 15 5
242. he maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Tire and Loading Information Label SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar With the driver s door open you will find the label attached below the door lock post striker The Tire and Loading Information label lists the number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds The vehicle capacity weight includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options The Tire and Loading Information label also lists the tire size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 5 62 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 69 There is also important loading information on the Certification label It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axle see Certification Label later in this section Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weig
243. he next folder in the file structure that contains compressed audio files The empty folder does not display No Folder When the CD contains only compressed files the files are located under the root folder The next and previous folder functions do not function on a CD that was recorded without folders or playlists When displaying the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT When the CD contains only playlists and compressed audio files but no folders all files are located under the root folder The folder down and the folder up buttons search playlists Px first and then go to the root folder When the radio displays the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT Order of Play Tracks are played in the following order e Play begins from the first track in the first playlist and continues sequentially through all tracks in each playlist When the last track of the last playlist has played play continues from the first track of the first playlist e If the CD does not contain any playlists then play begins from the first track under the root directory When all tracks from the root directory have played play continues from files according to their numerical listing After playing the last track from the last folder play begins again at the first track of the first folder or root directory When play enters a new folder the display does not automatically show the new folder name unless you have chosen the folder mode
244. he tire size If the tires have an all season tread design the TPC Spec number will be followed by an MS for mud and snow See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 5 63 for additional information 5 78 GM recommends replacing tires in sets of four This is because uniform tread depth on all tires will help keep your vehicle performing most like it did when the tires were new Replacing less than a full set of tires can affect the braking and handling performance of your vehicle See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 75 for information on proper tire rotation A CAUTION Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of different sizes other than those originally installed on your vehicle brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes other than those originally installed on your vehicle may also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the correct size brand and type tires on all wheels If your vehicle has a compact spare tire it is all right to drive your vehicle with the compact spare temporarily It was developed for use on your vehicle See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 109 A CAUTION If you use bias ply tires on your vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires
245. hey are not being used to extend the cargo area Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts properly It also tells you some things you should not do with safety belts A CAUTION Do not let anyone ride where he or she cannot wear a Safety belt properly If you are ina crash and you are not wearing a safety belt your injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle harder or be ejected from it and be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passenger s are restrained properly too A CAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a Safety belt properly Your vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle your safety belts See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 41 In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law requires wearing safety belts Here is why You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a serious one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even bu
246. hicle s tires including the spare tire for signs of wear or damage See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 77 for more information Tire rotation is not recommended if your vehicle is a GXP model equipped with P255 45R18 size tires on the front wheels and P225 50R18 size tires on the rear wheels Different tire sizes front to rear should not be rotated Tire rotation is recommended if the original equipment tires installed on your vehicle are of the same size and type on all four tire wheel positions Original equipment tires of the same size and type should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 5 75 The purpose of a regular tire rotation is to achieve a uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle This will ensure that your vehicle continues to perform most like it did when the tires were new Any time you notice unusual wear rotate your vehicle s tires as soon as possible and check the wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 77 and Wheel Replacement on page 5 82 for more information Rotation Pattern for Non GXP Tires Only The correct rotation pattern shown here is only for non GXP tires Do not include a compact spare tire if your vehicle has one in the vehicle s tire rotation 5 76 After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire a
247. hicle is shifted into PARK P If KEY OUT is selected the auto door unlock will function when the key is taken out of the ignition If PARK is selected the auto door unlock will function when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P To program this mode 1 Press and release the set reset button to scroll to either KEY OUT or PARK 2 Press the options button again to advance to the next screen DELAYED LOCKING This screen allows this feature to be turned OFF or ON The key must be out of the ignition for this feature to work If OFF is selected there will be no delayed locking of the vehicle s doors If ON is selected the locking of the vehicle s doors will be delayed by five seconds after a power door lock switch is pressed while the door is open or the LOCK button on the RKE transmitter is pressed while any door is open To program this mode 1 Press and release the set reset button to scroll to either OFF or ON 2 Press the options button again to advance to the next screen REMOTE LOCKS FEEDBACK This screen allows selection for this option to be turned OFF or gives the choice of two methods of verification LIGHTS or LIGHTS and HORN that indicate the vehicle s doors are locked when the LOCK button on the RKE transmitter is pressed If OFF is selected this feature will not be programmed If LIGHTS is selected the exterior lamps will flash when the LOCK button on the RKE transmitter is pressed
248. hicle will not start Anyone using a trial and error method to start the vehicle will be discouraged to do so because of the high number of electrical key codes When trying to start the vehicle if the engine does not start and the STARTING DISABLED DUE TO THEFT SYSTEM warning message on the Driver Information Center DIC comes on there may be a problem with your theft deterrent system Turn the ignition off and try again If the engine still does not start and the key appears to be undamaged try another ignition key At this time you may also want to check the fuse See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 121 lf the engine still does not start with the other key the vehicle needs service 2 21 If the vehicle does start the first key may be faulty See your dealer retailer who can service the PASS Key III to have a new key made In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 for more information It is possible for the PASS Key III decoder to accept the transponder value of a new or replacement key Up to 10 keys may be programmed for the vehicle If all the programmed keys are lost or do not operate see your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key III to have keys made and programmed to the system Canadian Owners If all the keys are lost or damaged only a dealer retailer can service PASS Key III to have new keys made and programmed to the system Th
249. his feature allows your dealer retailer to add the manufacturers remote vehicle start feature See your dealer retailer if you would like to add the manufacturer s remote vehicle start feature to your vehicle Doors and Locks There are several ways to lock and unlock the vehicle From the outside use the key or remote keyless entry transmitter Door Locks dc From the inside use the manual or power door locks A CAUTION To manually lock or F unlock the doors from inside the vehicle Unlocked doors can be dangerous push down or pull up e Passengers especially children can easily on the door lock pin open the doors and fall out of a moving located on the top of vehicle When a door is locked the handle each door panel will not open it You increase the chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if the doors are not locked So wear N safety belts properly and lock the doors whenever you drive Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock your vehicle whenever you leave it Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening Power Door Locks To lock or unlock all doors from inside the vehicle use the power door lock switch located on either fron
250. his helps the engine and other parts of the vehicle wear in at the heavier loads e Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer Do not drive faster than the maximum posted speed for trailers or no more than 55 mph 90 km h to save wear on the vehicle s parts Three important considerations have to do with weight e The weight of the trailer e The weight of the trailer tongue e The total weight on your vehicle s tires 4 30 Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be It should never weigh more than 1 000 Ibs 454 kg But even that can be too heavy It depends on how you plan to use your rig For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how much the vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important It can also depend on any special equipment that is on the vehicle and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry See Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section for more information Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required trailering equipment The weight of additional optional equipment passengers and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum trailer weight Ask your dealer retailer for our trailering information or advice or write us at our Customer Assistance Offices See Customer Assistance Offices on page 7 5 for more information Weight of the Trailer T
251. hould be at the COLD FILL line when the engine is cold 5 37 How to Add Coolant to the Cooling System 5 3L V8 Engine Notice The engine has a specific cooling system drain and fill procedure Failure to follow this procedure could cause the engine to overheat and be severely damaged If the engine s cooling system needs to be drained and re filled please see the dealer retailer You can remove the pressure cap when the cooling system including the pressure cap and RESERVOIR upper radiator hose is no D EXPANSION 105kPa longer hot Turn the i pressure cap slowly counterclockwise Ran OPEN 4o ha Q SJ DEX coole Q S ouypae 1 If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop A hiss means that there is still some pressure left 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap to remove the pressure cap 5 38 A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine 3 Fill the cooling system with the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture up to the base of the filler neck See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 for more information about the proper coolant mixture 4 Rinse or wipe any spilled coolant from the engine and the compartment 5 Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the COLD FILL line 6 Install the coolant recovery tank cap and the pressure cap 7 If the coolan
252. houlder belt height adjuster for the driver and right front passenger position Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt is centered on your shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash To move it down pull the release button A out and move the height adjuster to the desired position You can move the height adjuster up just by pushing up on the shoulder belt guide After you move the height adjuster to where you want it try to move it down without pressing the release button to make sure it has locked into position Safety Belt Pretensioners Your vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for front outboard occupants Although you cannot see them they are part of the safety belt assembly They can help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met Pretensioners work only once If they activate in a crash you will need to get new ones and probably other new parts for your safety belt system See Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 1 67 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides Rear shoulder belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults When in
253. ht of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 23 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 Example 1 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load Item Description Totali from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how Maximum Vehicle 1 Ib this reduces the available cargo and luggage A Capacity Weight for fees S load capacity for your vehicle Example 1 9 If your vehicle can tow a trailer see Towing a Subtract Occupant Trailer on page 4 29 for important information Weight 150 Ibs 300 Ibs 136 kg on towing a trailer towing safety rules and 68 kg x 2 eee Available Occupant and Cargo Weight 700 lbs 317 kg 4 24 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 750 Ibs 340 kg Maximum Vehicle
254. icator light to the right of the button will come on to show that the rear window defogger is on The instrument panel brightness control may have to be adjusted to the highest setting during the daytime in order to see the indicator light The rear window defogger will turn off about 20 minutes after the button is pressed If the button is pressed again it will run another 20 minutes The defogger can be turned off by pressing the button again or by turning off the engine Do not drive the vehicle until all windows are clear a Heated Seats Press this button to turn the heated seats on and off The button on the left controls the drivers seat and the button on the right controls the passenger s seat See Heated Seats on page 1 4 for additional information 3 31 Dual Automatic Climate Control System With this system you can control the heating cooling and ventilation for your vehicle Automatic Operation AUTO Automatic Turn both the fan and mode knob to AUTO for automatic control of the inside temperature the air delivery mode and the fan speed You may notice a delay of two to three minutes before the fan comes on when the automatic operation is used in cold weather 3 32 For the automatic system to function the temperature must be set between 60 F 15 C and 90 F 32 C 1 Adjust the temperature to a comfortable setting 2 Press the PASS button to turn the passenger climate control s
255. ice O LOCK OFF This position locks the ignition steering wheel and transmission It is a theft deterrent feature This is the only position from which the key can be removed 2 23 If the steering wheel is locked move it from right to left and turn the key to ACC ACCESSORY If none of this works then your vehicle needs service ACC ACC ACCESSORY This position allows things like the radio and windshield wipers to operate while the engine is off ON RUN This position is where the key returns to after the vehicle is started With the engine off the ON RUN position displays some of the warning and indicator lights The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN position with the engine off You may not be able to start your vehicle if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time Q START This position starts the engine Let go of the key when the engine starts The key will return to the ON RUN for normal driving A continuous warning chime will sound and a KEY IN IGNITION message will display on the Driver Information Center DIC if the key is turned to LOCK OFF or ACC ACCESSORY and the driver s door is opened 2 24 Key In the Ignition Never leave your vehicle with the keys inside as it is an easy target for joy riders or thieves If you leave the key in the ignition and park your vehicle a chime will sound when you open the driver s door Alway
256. icle s instrument panel The key will have PK3 stamped on it If a replacement key or an additional key is needed it must be purchased from your dealer retailer Any new PASS Key III key must be programmed before it will start the vehicle See PASS Key III Electronic Immobilizer on page 2 20 for more information on programming a new key In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 for more information Notice f you ever lock your keys in your vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Your Remote Keyless Entry RKE system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to us
257. icle Data Recording and Privacy Event Data Recorders OnStar Navigation System Radio Frequency Identification RFID Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Pontiac Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will be resolved by your dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help in the U S contact the Pontiac Customer Assistance Center by calling 1 800 762 2737 In Canada contact General Motors of Canada Customer Communication Centre in Oshawa by calling 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French 7 2 We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Please have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Repre
258. if they are worn or damaged Wipers can be damaged by e Extreme dusty conditions Sand and salt e Heat and sun e Snow and ice without proper removal Aluminum Wheels Notice f you use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels you could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use only approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels 5 116 Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of the vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because the surface could be damaged Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels Notice If you drive your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes you could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that use
259. iler and parked on a hill see Towing a Trailer on page 4 29 That section shows what to do first to keep the trailer from moving 2 33 Shifting Into PARK P A CAUTION Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 29 Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and set the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 33 for more information Move the shift lever into PARK P by holding in the button on the shift lever and pushing the shift lever all the way toward the front of the vehicle Turn the ignition key to LOCK OFF Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your hand your vehicle is in PARK P 2 34 It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine running Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave your v
260. in your vehicle s tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicato
261. ing positions than in the front seating positions In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly 1 30 A CAUTION Never do this Here two children are wearing the same belt The belt cannot properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A belt must be used by only one person at a time A CAUTION Never do this Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap shoulder belt but the shoulder part is behind the child In a crash the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt The child might slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The child could also move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest 1 31 Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strang
262. ing procedure Compass Variance Zone and Calibration Procedure 1 Do not set the compass zone when the vehicle is moving Only set it when the vehicle is in PARK P Press the options button until COMPASS CALIBRATION MODE displays 3 66 Find the vehicle s current location and variance zone number on the map Zones 1 through 15 are available Press the set reset button to scroll through and select the appropriate variance zone Press the options button to advance to the calibration screen Do not operate any switches such as window sunroof climate controls seats etc during the calibration procedure 5 The DIC will display COMPASS CALIBRATION MODE DRIVE CAR IN CIRCLE Drive the vehicle in tight circles at less than 5 mph 8 km h to complete the calibration The direction the vehicle is moving will be displayed in the bottom left corner of the screen and will appear in the gages fuel trip and some of the options modes DIC Warnings and Messages These messages display if there is a problem in one of the vehicle s systems They override any other mode or screen the Driver Information Center DIC may be in Some messages can be cleared from the DIC screen In order to do this the message must be acknowledged To acknowledge or clear the message from the screen press the set reset button on the DIC See DIC Operation and Displays Uplevel DIC wit
263. ing the safety belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say If you need to install more than one child restraint in the rear seat be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 38 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 3 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of Make sure the release button is positioned so you the retractor to set the lock would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary 1 47 6 If your child restraint has a top tether follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions regarding the use of the top tether See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 39 for more information 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor disconnect it 5 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and fe
264. int with these attachments in your vehicle Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments 1 39 Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Lower anchors A are metal bars built into the vehicle A top tether A C anchors the top of the child restraint There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating to the vehicle A top tether anchor is built into the position that will accommodate a child restraint with vehicle The top tether attachment B on the child lower attachments B restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash 1 40 Your child restraint may have a single tether A or a dual tether C Either will have a single attachment B to secure the top tether to the anchor Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached Others require the top tether always to be attached In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint If the child restraint does not have a top tether one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit is available Lower Anchor and Top Tether
265. ion has expired You can always press the OnStar button to confirm that your OnStar equipment is active Storage Areas Glove Box To open the glove box lift up on the lever Cupholder s There are two cupholders in the front of the center console Cupholder Installation and Removal Your vehicle may also have a rear cupholder that can be installed by aligning it to the console and snapping it into place To remove pull it up from the console 2 43 Sunglasses Storage Compartment Your vehicle may have a storage compartment located to the rear on the overhead console To open the sunglasses storage compartment press the release latch forward and pull the compartment down Center Console Storage To open the armrest storage area pull up on the latch located on the front drivers side of the storage area The storage area may have a cassette compact disc holder A storage pocket is located on the passenger side of the console Convenience Net Your vehicle may have a convenience net in the rear of the vehicle Store small loads as far forward as possible The net should not be used to store heavy loads Sunroof If the vehicle has a sunroof it includes a sliding glass panel and a sunshade 2 44 The switch to control the sunroof is located Ka in the headliner The switch works only while the ignition is in ON RUN or in ACC ACCESSORY or Retained Accessory Power RAP is on See Retained Accessory Po
266. ions To save tracks into the song list feature perform the following steps 1 Turn the CD player on and load it with at least one CD See LOAD CD listed previously in this section for more information 2 Check to see that the CD changer is not in song list mode S LIST should not display If S LIST displays press the SONG LIST button to turn it off 3 Select the desired CD by pressing the numbered pushbutton and then use the SEEK SCAN right arrow to locate the track to be saved The track begins to play 4 Press and hold the SONG LIST button to save the track into memory When SONG LIST is pressed one beep sounds After two seconds of continuously pressing the SONG LIST button two beeps sound to confirm the track has been saved 5 Repeat Steps 3 and 4 for saving other selections S LIST FULL displays if you try to save more than 20 selections 3 107 To play the song list press the SONG LIST button One beep sounds and S LIST displays The recorded tracks begins to play in the order they were saved Seek through the song list by using the SEEK SCAN arrows Seeking past the last saved track returns to the first saved track To delete tracks from the song list perform the following steps 1 Turn the CD player on 2 Press the SONG LIST button to turn song list on S LIST displays 3 Press the SEEK SCAN arrows to select the desired track to be deleted 4 Press and hold the SONG LIST button for two se
267. irbag Driver Information Center DIC message may also come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 for more information Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Your vehicle has the passenger sensing system Your instrument panel has a passenger airbag status indicator PASSENGER AIRBAG l A wy A A OFF ON United States Canada When you start the vehicle the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check If you use remote start to start your vehicle from a distance if equipped you may not see the system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger s frontal airbag If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger s frontal airbag is enabled may inflate A CAUTION If the on indicator comes on when you have a rear facing child restraint installed in the right front passenger s seat it means that the passenger sensing system has not turned off the passenger s frontal airbag A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would
268. ire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant If you have not found a problem yet but the coolant level is not at the COLD FILL line add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL engine coolant at the coolant recovery tank See Engine Coolant on page 5 24 for more information Notice In cold weather water can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine When the coolant level in the coolant recovery tank is at the COLD FILL line start the vehicle If the overheat warning continues there is one more thing you can try You can add the proper coolant mixture directly to the radiator but be sure the system is cool before you do it A CAUTION Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap 5 33 How to Add Coolant to the Radiator 2 Then ke
269. ire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire 5 67 Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles 5 68 Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 69 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 R
270. is section for information on clearing the rear window of fog or ice Bi Floor Defog Use the floor defog mode to clear the windows of fog or moisture and to warm the passengers This mode directs the air equally between the windshield and the floor outlets along with some directed to the side window outlets This mode will automatically use outside air The air conditioning compressor will be engaged unless the outside temperature is 40 F 4 C or below Recirculation cannot be selected when in this mode even though the indicator light comes on when the recirculation button is pressed Y Defrost Use the defrost mode to remove fog or frost from the windshield more quickly This mode directs most of the air to the windshield and the side window outlets with some air directed to the floor outlets This mode has a timer and will shut off after five minutes This mode will automatically use outside air The air conditioning compressor will be engaged unless the outside temperature is 40 F 4 C or below Recirculation cannot be selected when in this mode even though the indicator light comes on when the recirculation button is pressed 3 29 Temperature The knob on the right of the climate control panel is the temperature adjustment that can be used with any of the climate control modes Turn the knob clockwise for warmer settings and counterclockwise for colder settings Air Conditioning 3 Air Conditioner Pr
271. ission fluid which should not be overfilled engine oil drive belts cooling and brake systems Each of these is covered in this manual and the Index will help locate them quickly If trailering it is a good idea to review this information before starting on a trip Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing The cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions See Engine Overheating on page 5 27 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care Seic arns o rT 5 3 Accessories and Modifications ee 5 3 California Proposition 65 Warning 006 5 3 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 Doing Your Own Service Work 0 5 4 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle feeria iaaa E 5 5 FUG oi cectscntaiccncadesd aan atectttearinnis OM aactekiaaterieniadalnes 5 5 Gasoline Octane aneirin nenii edenin iiet 5 5 Gasoline Specifications ceeeeeeeeeneeeeen eee 5 6 California Fuel 22 0 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 5 6 Additives aranne nearer hove Bites neend EA 5 6 Fuels in Foreign Countries eeeeeeeeneee ees 5 7 Filling the Tank ccig cccsectsetincancn ident cdueveaceuneneeed 5 8 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 000 5 10 Checking Things Under the Hood 5 10 Hood Release ccc sicecatieceseiwtieemss Se ad 5 11 Engi
272. isted in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 and Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 13 When your vehicle is serviced make sure these are used All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle We recommend the use of genuine parts from your dealer retailer Scheduled Maintenance When the CHANGE OIL SOON message comes on it means that service is required for your vehicle See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the engine oil life system may not indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over a year However your engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service technicians who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system 6 4 If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally you must service your vehicle within 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last service Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 18 for information on the Engine Oil Life System and resetting the system When the CHANGE OIL SOON message appears certain services checks and inspections are required Required services are described in the following f
273. it will set Most stains can be removed with club soda water To clean use the following instructions 1 For liquids blot with a clean soft white cloth For solids remove as much as possible and then vacuum or brush 2 Apply club soda water to a clean soft white cloth Do not over saturate the cloth should not drip water 3 Clean the entire area Avoid getting the fabric too wet 4 Start cleaning from the seams into the stain to avoid a ring effect 5 Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 6 When the stain is removed blot the cleaned area with another dry clean soft white cloth 5 111 Using Cleaner on Fabric 1 First try the cleaner in an inconspicuous area to make sure the cleaner does not affect the color of the fabric 2 For liquids blot the stain with a clean soft white cloth For solids remove as much as possible and then vacuum or brush 3 Spray a small amount of the cleaner onto a clean soft white cloth Do not apply spray directly to the fabric 4 Start cleaning from the seams into the stain to avoid a ring effect 5 Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 6 When the stain is removed blot the cleaned area with another dry clean soft white cloth 7 If the cleaner leaves a ring effect follow up with the club soda water instructions given earlier in this section Special Fabric Cleaning Pr
274. ith DOT 3 brake fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the reservoir DOT 3 AR There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake lining wear When new linings are put in the fluid level goes back up The other reason is that fluid is leaking out of the brake hydraulic system If it is you should have the brake hydraulic system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later the brakes will not work well It is not a good idea to top off the brake fluid Adding brake fluid will not correct a leak If fluid is added when the linings are worn there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are installed Add or remove brake fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system A CAUTION If your vehicle has too much brake fluid it can spill on the engine The fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and your vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system When the brake fluid falls to a low level the brake warning light comes on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 45 5 41 What to Add Notice When you need brake fluid use only DOT 3 brake fluid e Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only hydrauli
275. izdeascediiode seat ecasatedonshaacinedsereieeeds 4 27 Service and Appearance Care 00eceeees 5 1 Eae e cade sivwansisscacecoesepenete arses Meueieboigianidls 5 3 FUCI sicscapeiadiadyiecee hots Wie nsedsocdeswis E 5 5 Checking Things Under the Hood _ 5 10 Headlamp Aiming cceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 5 51 Bulb Replacement ou oe ec cec ee ee eee eee es 5 54 Windshield Replacement _ 02000e 5 61 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement _ 5 61 MMOS ccccaaecheaceatcecen cece E R 5 62 Appearance Care on ee seceecceceeeceeeneeeeeeenees 5 109 Vehicle Identification oo cece cee cece eeeee ee es 5 119 Electrical System oo cece ccc cece eee ee nee ee eens 5 120 Capacities and Specifications eee 5 128 Maintenance Schedule c00cceeeeeseeeeeeeeees 6 1 Maintenance Schedule ccecceeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 2 Customer Assistance Information 7 1 Customer Assistance and Information _ 7 2 Reporting Safety Defects ooo ceeeeeeeeeeeees 7 14 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy _ 7 16 Tite Cou nee ae eet ene ee Re Oa ee Rear A ey nme ee Eee 1 Y PONTIAC GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem PONTIAC the PONTIAC Emblem and the names GRAND PRIX and GXP are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed We reserve the right t
276. k on when you start your vehicle the engine oil life system has not reset Repeat the procedure What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Instead recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil If you have a problem properly disposing of used oil ask your dealer retailer a service station or a local recycling center for help Engine Air Cleaner Filter The engine air cleaner filter is located in the engine compartment on the driver s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspect the air cleaner filter at the Maintenance II intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 50 000 mile 80 000 km interval See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information If you are driving in
277. ke sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint See Head Restraints on page 1 7 Remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers before reinstalling or securing the child restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer retailer The passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the right front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger s seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is active 1 62 For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in your vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person If a p
278. ke system warning light also appears on the instrument panel cluster when this message appears on the DIC See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 45 A chime sounds continuously while this message is displayed if driving above 5 mph 8 km h Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for three seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 78 PARK LAMPS ON This message displays to alert the driver when the parking lamps are on the ignition is in LOCK OFF and the key is removed A chime sounds continuously while this message is displayed This message cannot be acknowledged REDUCED ENGINE POWER This symbol comes on with this message This message displays when the vehicle s engine power is reduced If this happens during driving conditions such as climbing a steep hill the transmission may overwork in a gear that may cause damage to the vehicle s engine or transmission Reduced engine power can affect the vehicle s ability to accelerate If this message is on but there is no reduction in performance proceed to your destination The performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is
279. knob to select a PTY 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons until a beep sounds When that numbered pushbutton is pressed the PTY that was set returns if program type select mode is activated 5 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton RDS Messages ALERT Alert warns of local or national emergencies When an alert announcement comes on the current radio station ALERT displays The announcement is heard even if the volume is low or a CD is playing If a CD is playing play stops during the announcement Alert announcements cannot be turned off ALERT is not affected by tests of the emergency broadcast system This feature is not supported by all RDS stations INFO Information If the current station has a message INFO displays Press this button to see the message The message can display the artist song title call in phone numbers etc 3 101 If the entire message is not displayed parts of the message appears every three seconds To scroll through the message press and release the INFO button A new group of words appear on the display after every press of this button Once the complete message has been displayed the information symbol disappears from the display until another new message is received The last message can be displayed by pressing the INFO button The last message can be viewed until a new message is received or a different station is tuned to TRAF Traffic If TRAF displays th
280. l 1 55 A CAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering If your vehicle has roof rail airbags never aill F EER te secure anything to the roof of your vehicle by eal Bit B i i z routing the rope or tie down through any door Driver Side shown Passenger Side similar or window opening If you do the path of an inflating roof rail airbag will be blocked If your vehicle has roof rail airbags for the driver right front passenger and second row outboard passengers they are in the ceiling above the side windows 1 56 When Should an Airbag Inflate Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes to help reduce the potential for severe injuries mainly to the driver s or right front passenger s head and chest However they are only designed to inflate if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast
281. l Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it this could damage the surface Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge If the surface of a CD is soiled take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Care of Your CD Player Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen instead The use of CD lens cleaners for CDs is not advised due to the risk of contaminating the lens of the CD optics with lubricants internal to the CD player mechanism Notice lf a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section Using Song List Mode Radio with Six Disc CD Player This type of radio has a feature called song list This feature is capable of saving 20 track select
282. l systems steering and braking have to do their work where the tires meet the road Unless you have antilock brakes adding the hard braking can demand too much of those places You can lose control The same thing can happen if you are steering through a sharp curve and you suddenly accelerate Those two control systems steering and acceleration can overwhelm those places where the tires meet the road and make you lose control See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 or Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 7 What should you do if this ever happens Ease up on the brake or accelerator pedal steer the vehicle the way you want it to go and slow down Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed Of course the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions Under less favorable conditions you will want to go slower If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a curve do it before you enter the curve while the front wheels are straight ahead Try to adjust your speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until you are out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking Fo
283. l lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint Remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers before reinstalling or securing the child restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer retailer To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way 1 52 Airbag System Your vehicle has the following airbags e A frontal airbag for the driver e A frontal airbag for the right front passenger Your vehicle may also have the following airbags e A roof rail airbag for the driver and the passenger seated directly behind the driver e A roof rail airbag for the right front passenger and the passenger seated directly behind the right front passenger All of the airbags in your vehicle will have the word AIRBAG embossed in the trim or on an attached label near the deployment opening For frontal airbags the word AIRBAG will appear on the middle part of the steering wheel for the driver and on the instrument panel for the right fr
284. lcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage your vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years You can help to keep the paint finish looking new by keeping your vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keep their luster Washing with water is all that is usually needed However you may use chrome polish on chrome or stainless steel trim if necessary Use special care with aluminum trim To avoid damaging protective trim never use auto or chrome polish steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum A coating of wax rubbed to high polish is recommended for all bright metal parts 5 115 Windshield and Wiper Blades Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner Clean the rubber blades using a lint free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the blades Bugs road grime sap and a buildup of vehicle wash wax treatments may cause wiper streaking Replace the wiper blades
285. le before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number driver s license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the crash They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states provinces with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are driveable Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a dealer retailer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In
286. le right away If there is still no sign of steam idle the engine for three minutes while parked If the warning is still there turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down Also see Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode later in this section You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode The overheated engine protection operating mode allows the vehicle to be driven to a safe place in an emergency situation If an overheated engine condition exists this protection mode alternates firing groups of cylinders to help prevent engine damage In this mode there will be a significant loss in power and engine performance The engine coolant temperature gage indicator will move to the shaded area and the engine coolant temperature warning light will come on showing that an overheated engine condition exists Driving extended miles km and or towing a trailer in the overheated engine protection mode should be avoided Notice After driving in the overheated engine protection operating mode to avoid engine damage allow the engine to cool before attempting any repair The engine oil will be severely degraded Repair the cause of coolant loss change the oil and reset the oil life system See Engine Oil on page 5 15 5 29 Cooling System When you decide it is safe to lift the hood here is what you will see
287. leaner filter in place when you are driving 5 21 Automatic Transmission Fluid When to Check and Change Automatic Transmission Fluid A good time to check the automatic transmission fluid level is when the engine oil is changed Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and be sure to use the transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid Because this operation can be a little difficult you may choose to have this done at the dealer retailer service department If you do it yourself be sure to follow all the instructions here or you could get a false reading on the dipstick 5 22 Notice Too much or too little fluid can damage your transmission Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts or exhaust system parts starting a fire Too little fluid could cause the transmission to overheat Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check your transmission fluid Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transmission fluid level if you have been driving e When outside temperatures are above 90 F 32 C e At high speed for quite a while e In heavy traffic especially in hot weather e While pulling a trailer To get the right reading the fluid should be at normal operating temperature which is 180 F to 200 F 82 C to 93 C Get the v
288. led if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts 1 32 Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate restraints Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people or can be thrown out of the vehicle In addition young children should not use the vehicle s adult safety belts alone they need to use a child restraint A CAUTION People should never hold an infant in their arms while riding in a vehicle An infant does not weigh much until a crash During a crash an infant will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it For example in a crash at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg infant will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force on a person s arms An infant should be secured in an appropriate restraint A CAUTION Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Q What are the different types of add on child A res
289. led neither the chime nor the light will come on 3 41 Airbag Readiness Light There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag s electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensor the pretensioners the airbag modules the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 1 52 This light will come on when you start your e vehicle and it will flash for a few seconds FN The light should go out and the system is ready If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or comes on when you are driving your airbag system may not work properly Have your vehicle serviced right away 3 42 A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle it means the airbag system may not be working properly The airbags in your vehicle may not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle serviced right away if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle The airbag readiness light should flash for a few seconds when you start the engine If the light does not come on then have it fixed immediately If there is a problem with the airbag system an a
290. lephone TTY WI SONS aig crac enan EE 7 5 Customer Assistance Information cont Doing Your Own Service Work e eeeeeeeeee ees 5 4 Customer Assistance Offices eeeeeeeee 7 5 Dome LAMP soscorernnmi eeann apn ai 3 20 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 000 7 2 Door GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 6 Delayed Loki acreencias 2 11 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors 7 14 LOCKS ii ck lad ethics cawantencerencniananeenldtacentanadenies 2 10 Reporting Safety Defects to the Power Door LOCKS scic uicieessaadicisas eo asan 2 11 Canadian Government seeeeeeeeeeeee 7 14 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 12 Reporting Safety Defects to the Rear Door Security LOCKS 0ceeeeeeeee es 2 12 United States Government n 7 14 Driver Information Center DIC eeeeeee 3 55 Roadside Assistance Program eeeeeee es 7 6 DIC Operation and Displays 3 55 3 62 Service Publications Ordering Information 7 15 DIC Vehicle Customization ceeeeeeee 3 89 DIC Warnings and Messages 0eeeeeee 3 67 Driving D At Night ooieoe 4 14 Daytime Running Lamps eceeeeeeeeeeee eee 3 17 Before a Ren Dii pena ea i aetoaeteeee es me 7 Detense rpne ea ss iatentasea Ea nde 4 2 Defensive Driving ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeers 4 2 Delayed Entry Lighting 3 20 DUNK Masr
291. les or kilometers that were driven during the last ignition cycle 3 57 AVERAGE SPEED The average speed is displayed in miles per hour mph or kilometers per hour km h The average speed is calculated from the various vehicle speeds recorded since the last reset of this menu item To reset the average speed press the set reset button The display will return to zero Press the trip odometer button again to advance to the next screen TIME ELAPSED This screen can be used as a stopwatch The display can show the hours minutes and seconds The elapsed time indicator will record up to 99 hours 59 minutes and 59 seconds then it will reset to zero and continue counting To set the time elapsed function 1 Press the set reset button for less than two seconds to start or stop the timer 2 Press and hold the set reset button for more than two seconds to reset the timer back to zero Press the trip odometer button again to advance to the next screen Set Reset lt a Set Reset Press this button to set or reset a mode item when using the trip odometer or option buttons 3 58 Options i Options Press this button to access the Date Language Display Units Daytime Display Enhancement Engine Oil Monitor System Compass Calibration Personal Programming modes and Tire Pressure readings Date This menu sets the date The time is set through the radio See Setting the Clock on page 3 95 for more information
292. linder may be used to disarm the content theft deterrent system If OFF is selected the vehicle s content theft deterrent system can not be disarmed by unlocking the driver s door using the driver s door key cylinder Selecting OFF prevents a thief from disarming the vehicle s content theft deterrent system by attacking the driver s door key cylinder and may make the vehicle more secure However if OFF is selected unlocking an armed vehicle by using the driver s door key cylinder and opening the door will cause the content theft alarm to activate For this reason it is recommended that the vehicle be unlocked using the remote keyless entry system when this feature is set to OFF If ON is selected the vehicle s content theft deterrent system can be disarmed by unlocking the driver s door using the driver s door key cylinder To program this mode 1 Press the set reset button to scroll to OFF or ON 2 Press the options button again to advance to the next screen LOCK SWITCH ARM If the vehicle has the content theft deterrent system and ON was selected on the THEFT DETERRENT screen this screen allows this feature to be turned OFF or ON This feature controls whether the vehicle s content theft system can be activated using a door lock switch If OFF is selected locking the vehicle using a door lock switch will not cause the vehicle s content theft system to arm If ON is selected the content theft deterre
293. lled and the vehicle cannot respond to a transmission gear change a chime will sound The system will not allow either an up shift or a down shift if the vehicle speed is too fast or too slow nor will it allow a start from THIRD 3 or higher gear Parking Brake The parking brake is located to the left of the brake pedal near the drivers door To set the parking brake hold the regular brake pedal down with the right foot Push down on the parking brake pedal with the left foot To release the parking brake hold the regular brake pedal down with the right foot and push the parking brake pedal with the left foot When the left foot is lifted the parking brake pedal will lift to the released position A warning chime will sound if the parking brake is set the ignition is on and the shift lever is not in PARK P or NEUTRAL N The brake light will also appear on the instrument panel cluster when the parking brake is set It will stay on if the parking brake does not release fully The PARKING BRAKE ON message will also appear in the Driver Information Center DIC when the parking brake is set See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 for more information Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving If the vehicle is towing a tra
294. m MED medium or MAX maximum Each higher setting allows for more volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds Then as you drive SCV automatically increases the volume as necessary to overcome noise at any speed The volume level should always sound the same while driving To turn SCV off press this button until OFF displays AUTO VOL Automatic Volume Vehicles with automatic volume automatically lets the audio system adjust volume to make up for road and wind noise as you drive Set the volume at the desired level Press this button to select MIN minimum MED medium or MAX maximum Each higher setting allows for more volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds Then as you drive automatic volume increases the volume as necessary to overcome noise at any speed The volume level should always sound the same to you as you drive To turn automatic volume off press this button until OFF displays Finding a Station BAND Press this button to switch between FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 if equipped The display shows the selection TUNE Turn this knob to select radio stations AV ork gt SEEK Press the up or the down arrow to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there The radio only seeks stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band AVY ork gt SCAN Press and hold either SCAN arrow for two seconds until SCAN or SC displays and a beep sounds The radio goes to a station
295. m malfunction e The engine coolant temperature is too high e The oil pressure is low e The hazard warning flashers are turned on e The maximum number of remote starts or remote start attempts between ignition cycles has been reached e The content theft deterrent alarm is on while attempting to remote start the vehicle See REMOTE START under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 89 and Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 7 for more information 3 79 RIGHT FRONT TURN LAMP OUT This message displays when the vehicle s right front turn signal needs to be replaced See Front Turn Signal Parking and Fog Lamps on page 5 57 for bulb replacement procedures This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds while this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 80 RIGHT REAR TURN LAMP OUT This message displays when the vehicle s right rear turn signal needs to be replaced See Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps on page 5 58 for bulb replacement procedures This message displays only while
296. me Running Lamps DRL are turned off during the day This message informs the driver that it has become dark enough outside to require the headlamps to be turned on When the headlamps are turned on this message clears from the screen See Exterior Lamps on page 3 16 and Daytime Running Lamps DRL on page 3 17 for more information This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds when this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this warning message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 71 HOT COOLANT Notice If the HOT COOLANT warning message appears on the DIC display stop the vehicle as soon as possible Do not increase the engine speed above normal idling speed Severe engine damage can result from driving a vehicle with an overheated engine See Engine Overheating on page 5 27 for more information This symbol comes on with this message WS This message displays when the engine coolant temperature is too hot The engine coolant temperature warning light also appears on the instrument panel cluster Also the engine coolant temperature gage
297. med It is possible however to re aim the headlamps as described in the following procedure The vehicle should be properly prepared as follows e The vehicle should be placed so the headlamps are 25 ft 7 6 m from a light colored wall e The vehicle must have all four tires on a perfectly level surface which is level all the way to the wall e The vehicle should be placed so it is perpendicular to the wall e The vehicle should not have any snow ice or mud on it e The vehicle should be fully assembled and all other work stopped while headlamp aiming is being done e The vehicle should be normally loaded with a full tank of fuel and one person or 160 Ibs 75 kg sitting on the drivers seat e Tires should be properly inflated 5 51 Headlamp aiming is done with the low beam headlamps The high beam headlamps will be correctly aimed if the low beam headlamps are aimed properly To adjust the vertical aim do the following 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 11 for more information Find the aim dot on the lens of the low beam lamp 2 Locate the aim dot on the lens of the low beam headlamp 3 Measure the distance from the ground to the aim dot on the lamp Record the distance 5 52 4 At the wall measure from the ground upward A to the recorded distance from Step 3 and mark it 5 Draw or tape a horizontal line B on the wall the width of the vehicle at the height of the mark in
298. mental Protection Agency or the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle s useful life We however urge that all recommended maintenance services be performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded a Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect other brake parts including calipers parking brake etc b Visually inspect front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts or signs of wear Inspect power steering lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc c Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace with genuine parts as needed To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap and cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is recommended at least once a year d Inspect wiper blades for wear cracking or contamination Clean the windshield and wiper blades if contaminated Replace wiper blades that are worn or damaged See Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 5 61 and Windshield and Wiper Blades on
299. message This message displays when the transmission fluid in the vehicle is too hot Stop the vehicle and allow it to idle until it cools down If this message continues to display have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible If the vehicle has the Uplevel Trip Computer DIC you can determine the actual temperature of the transmission fluid using the vehicle s gages button See DIC Operation and Displays Uplevel DIC with Trip Computer on page 3 55 or DIC Operation and Displays Base Level DIC on page 3 62 for more information This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds when this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on KEY FOB BATTERY LOW This symbol comes on with this message This message displays when the battery in the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter needs to be replaced To replace the battery see Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sou
300. might notice this as stalling after start up stalling when you put the vehicle into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration these conditions might go away once the engine is warmed up This will be detected by the system and cause the light to turn on 3 51 If you experience one or more of these conditions change the fuel brand you use It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off If none of the above steps have made the light turn off your dealer retailer can check the vehicle Your dealer retailer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that might have developed Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or might begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Here are some things you need to know to help your vehicle pass an inspection Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on or not working properly 3 52 Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if you have recently replaced the batt
301. mmunication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 www gmcanada com 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 268 6800 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit Mexico Central America and Caribbean Islands Countries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program EIMOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 of the cost of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle such as hand controls or a wheelchair scooter lift The offer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users Call 1 800 833 9935 General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 Roadside Assistance Program For vehicles purchased in the U S call 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 Text tele
302. move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if e The right front passenger seat is unoccupied e The system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat e The system determines that a small child is present in a child restraint e The system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat e A right front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time e The right front passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as a child who has outgrown child restraints e Or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is off See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 43 If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s directions and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 1 49 1 61 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to ma
303. mute aeteetecgsimeetes 3 109 MYGMLINK CONN isien sinnn e draean naa 7 4 Navigation System Privacy eeeeeeeeeeeee ees 7 17 New Vehicle Break In cccccceeeee eee eeeeaeeees 2 23 Odometer w2eiovs eviseee 20s lye osha veova teeeoeaseeseet cheeses 3 40 Off Road RECOVETY ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeaeen tenes 4 12 Oil ENGNG erenn ae ste EA 5 15 Pressure Light sasiaren roae manan 3 52 Oil Engine Oil Life System eeeeeeeeeee eens 5 18 Older Children Restraints cccceeeeeeeeees 1 29 Online Owner Center c cceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 4 OnStar PriVaGy wisccicscdiivss hesscove evra unon a ranh 7 17 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 2 40 Other Warning Devices cseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 3 6 Outlet Adjustment cceeeeeee eee eee eee eee eee tenes 3 36 Outlets Accessory POWET 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 3 26 Outside Convex Mirror ccceceececneeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 39 POWer MINORS s ra bacazse saectedentenersiedeaneta santbe seis 2 39 Overhead Console Reading Lamps 0 3 21 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode 5 29 Owner Checks and Services 0 ceseeeeeeeeees 6 8 Owners Canadian cccccececceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees ii Paint Datmages iscsi 6s sade dheliescieaiieenind ive 5 117 Park Brake cciictascrssachanstaciabariatanaseraniageaetaees 2 33 Park P Shifting INT
304. n Center DIC The Driver Information Center DIC gives important safety and maintenance facts When the vehicle s ignition is turned on all of the DIC lights illuminate for a few seconds and an introductory message will appear After this the DIC will begin working DIC Operation and Displays Uplevel DIC with Trip Computer The Driver Information Center DIC control buttons and the message display screen are located above the radio The DIC gives important safety and maintenance facts concerning the vehicle The status of many of the vehicle s systems along with driver personalization menus and warning messages about the vehicle s systems may display on the DIC screen The outside temperature automatically appears on the bottom right corner of the DIC display screen If the outside temperature is below 38 F 3 C the temperature reading will toggle between displaying the outside temperature and the word ICE for two minutes If there is a problem with the system that controls the temperature display the letters OC Open Circuit or SC Short Circuit will appear on the display If this occurs have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer The vehicle s shift lever position and the direction the vehicle is traveling will also appear on the DIC screen The compass is self calibrating which eliminates the need to manually set the compass However under certain circumstances such as during a long distance cr
305. n a track Press and hold this pushbutton for less than two seconds to advance at 10 times the normal playing speed Press and hold it for more than two seconds to advance at 20 times the normal playing speed Release this pushbutton to play the track FWD and the elapsed time of the track appears on the display RDM 2 Random To repeat the tracks in the current folder or playlist press and release this pushbutton FOLDER RANDOM displays Once all of the tracks in the current folder or playlist have been played the system moves on to the next folder or playlist and plays all of the tracks in random order To repeat the tracks on the CD press and hold this pushbutton for two seconds A beep sounds and DISC RANDOM displays This feature does not work with playlists When in random pressing and releasing either SEEK arrow takes you to the next or previous random track Press and release this pushbutton again to turn off random play NO RANDOM displays 3 112 3 LA Next Folder Press this pushbutton to go to the first track in the next folder or playlist If the disc contains playlists it goes through the playlist then the folders Pressing this button while in folder random mode takes you to the next folder and random the tracks in that folder This function does not work on a CD that does not contain folders or playlists 4 REV Reverse Press and hold this pushbutton to reverse quickly within a track Press a
306. n and the hole has sealed 4 Attach the sealant filling hose A onto the tire valve stem Turn it clockwise until it is tight 5 90 8 Make sure there is a proper connection between the tire valve stem and the sealant filling hose by looking at the air pressure gage If there is nota pressure reading while the compressor is running the connection between the inflator kit and the tire is bad Check the attachment between the sealant filling hose and the tire valve stem 9 Inflate the tire up to the recommended inflation pressure found on the Tire and Loading Information label located on the vehicle s center pillar B pillar below the vehicle s door latch using the air pressure gage on the top of the unit as a guide The pressure gage reading is slightly high while the compressor is on Turn the compressor off to get an accurate pressure reading Notice If the recommended pressure cannot be reached after 15 minutes the vehicle should not be driven The tire is too severely damaged and cannot be inflated or sealed with the tire sealant and compressor kit Remove the air compressor accessory plug from the accessory power outlet and unscrew the sealant air hose from the tire valve or tire pressure monitoring sensor valve See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 10 els 12 13 14 Move the inflator kit switch to the O off position once the correct tire pressure is obtained Turn off the engin
307. n collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer retailer or an underbody car washing system can do this for you 5 117 Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this we will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first 5 118 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials Description Usage ait Interior and exterior Polishing Cloth polishing cloth Tar and Road Oil Removes tar road oil Remover and asphalt Chrome Cleaner and Use on chrome or Polish stainless steel White Sidewall Tire Removes soil and black marks from whitewalls Cleaner and raised white lettering Cleans vinyl Removes dirt grime smoke and fingerprints Removes dirt and grime from chrome wheels Removes dust fingerprints and surface contaminants Spray on and wipe off Vinyl Cleaner Glass Cleaner Chrome Wheel Cleaner Finish Enhancer Description Usage Removes swirl marks fine Swirl Remover Polish scratches and other light surface
308. n on the parking lamps together with the following e Taillamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights The parking brake indicator light comes on and stays on when the parking lamps are on with the engine in LOCK OFF and the ignition to ACC ACCESSORY AD Headlamps Turn the control to this position to turn on the headlamps together with the following lamps listed below A warning chime sounds if the drivers door is opened while the ignition switch is off and the headlamps are on e Parking Lamps e Taillamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights Headlamps on Reminder A warning chime will sound if the vehicle s ignition is off and the driver s door is opened when the exterior lamp control is left on in either the headlamp or parking lamp position Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset Daytime running lamps are required to function at all times on all vehicles first sold in Canada A light sensor on top of the instrument panel makes the DRL work so be sure it is not covered The DRL system will make the low beam headlamps come on at reduced brightness when the following conditions are met e The ignition is on e The exterior lamps control is off e The p
309. nal Required Services in this section Inspect suspension and steering components See footnote Finspect engine cooing system Seeron J T Finspect wiper blades Seeme T T Inspect restraint system components See oroe J T Lubricate body components Seetoomoe 0 F Check transmission fua levelandaddtudasneee J J o Replace passenger comparimentair fiter See omo T FV6 Oniy inspect ronte system See footnote T Additional Required Services The following services should be performed at the first maintenance service I or II after the indicated miles kilometers shown for each item Additional Required Services A 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 40 000 80 000 120 000 160 000 Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks Inspect exhaust system for loose or damaged components Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 20 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter severe service See footnote h Change automatic transmission fluid and filter normal service plug wires An Emission Control Service Engine cooling system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote i Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Control Service See footnote n 125 000 150 000 200 000 240 000 Maintenance Footnotes The U S Environ
310. nd Loading Information label and reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 71 for additional information Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 5 128 A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 96 When It Is Time for New Tires Various factors such as maintenance temperatures driving speeds vehicle loading and road conditions influence when you need new tires One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which will appear when your tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining You need new tires if any of the following statements are true e You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire e You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric e The tire has a bump bulge or split
311. nd hold the AUDIO knob when no tone or speaker controls are displayed CENTERED displays and one beep sounds Finding a Program Type PTY Station RDS and XM To select and find a desired PTY perform the following 1 Press PROG TYPE or depending on the radio P TYPE to activate program type select mode The PTY symbol displays 2 Turn the SELECT or depending on the radio P TYPE knob to select a PTY 3 Press either SEEK arrow once the desired PTY displays to select the PTY and to go to the PTY s first station 4 To go to another station within that PTY and the PTY displays press either SEEK arrow once If the PTY is not displayed press either SEEK arrow twice to display the PTY and then to go to another station 5 Press PROG TYPE or depending on the radio P TYPE to exit program type select mode If PTY times out and is no longer on the display go back to Step 1 3 100 If both PTY and TRAF are on the radio searches for stations with the selected PTY and traffic announcements The Radio with Six Disc CD player has the PTY interrupt feature To use this feature press and hold the P TYPE button until a beep sounds on the PTY used to interrupt When selected an asterisk displays beside that PTY on the display Select multiple interrupts if desired When listening to a CD the last selected RDS station interrupts play if that selected program type format is broadcast AV ork gt SCAN Scan the sta
312. nd hold this pushbutton for less than two seconds to reverse at 10 times the normal playing speed Press and hold it for more than two seconds to reverse at 20 times the normal playing speed Release this pushbutton to play the track REV and the elapsed time of the track appears on the display If this pushbutton is pressed for more than 20 seconds the radio stops reversing and begins to play 6 1 Previous Folder Press this pushbutton to go to the first track in the previous folder or playlist If the disc contains playlists it goes through the playlist then the folders Pressing this pushbutton while in folder random mode takes you to the previous folder and random the tracks in that folder This function does not work on a CD that does not contain folders or playlists A SEEK V Press the up arrow to go to the start of the next track Press the down arrow to go to the start of the previous track Pressing either arrow for more than two seconds searches the previous or next tracks at two tracks per second When the track number that you would like to play appears on the display release the arrow to stop searching and to play the track TUNE Turn this knob to fast track reverse or advance through tracks in all folders or playlists The track number and file name appears on the display for each track Turn this knob while in random to fast track reverse or advance the tracks in sequential order RCL Recall Push this knob to
313. nd or transmission Also shifting into SECOND 2 at speeds above 65 mph 105 km h can cause damage Drive in DRIVE D instead of SECOND 2 FIRST 1 This position reduces vehicle speed even more than SECOND 2 without using your brakes It can be used on very steep hills or in deep snow or mud If the shift lever is moved to FIRST 1 while the vehicle is moving forward the transmission will not shift into first gear until the vehicle is going slowly enough Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission The repair will not be covered by your warranty If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place Performance Shifting with TAP Shift If the vehicle is equipped with a 5 3L V8 engine it may have this feature It allows you to change gears similar to a manual transmission To fully use this feature do the following 1 The MANUAL M position can be selected while the vehicle is moving The current transmission position will continue to be displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC and Head Up Display HUD if equipped 2 Move the shift lever to the MANUAL M 2 31 3 The paddles are located on the steering O wheel They are used to ooo up shift or down shift d the transmission I N N 7y 4 Push either paddle once to up shift to the next
314. nd showing the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by your warranty If you are in an area of extreme cold where the temperature falls below 20 F 29 C it is recommended that you use either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 oil Both provide easier cold starting and better protection for the engine at extremely low temperatures Engine Oil Additives Do not add anything to the oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM Standard GM6094M are all you need for good performance and engine protection Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil Your vehicle has a computer system that lets you know when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change will be indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly you must reset the system every time the oil is changed When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it will indicate that an oil change is necessary ACHANGE OIL SOON message will come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the oil life system might not
315. nds for two seconds when this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen 3 73 This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off The message re appears when the engine is turned on and the condition still exists KEY IN IGNITION This message displays and a chime sounds continuously when the driver exits the vehicle while the key is in the ignition after the engine is turned off This message cannot be acknowledged This message disappears and the chiming stops when the key is removed from the ignition LEFT FRONT TURN LAMP OUT This message displays when the left front turn signal lamp needs to be replaced See Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps on page 5 58 for replacement procedures This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds when this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen 3 74 This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the mess
316. ne Compartment Overview s 5 12 Engine Oil c citic techno need sGthnehepedncamn eaten 5 15 Engine Oil Life System ee 5 18 Engine Air Cleaner Filter cceeeeeeeeee eee 5 20 Automatic Transmission Fluid eeeeeee 5 22 Engine Coolant sessen E E aE 5 24 Pressure Cap ceeceeceeceeceeeeeee arenae 5 27 Engine Overheating cceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 5 27 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode ecceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 29 Cooling System ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 30 Power Steering Fluid eseeeeeeeeeee eee ees 5 39 Windshield Washer Fluid eeeeeeee eee es 5 40 Braks cpcsdecescenaicenetesgsetndedseninenecqaviinteniendnee 5 41 Battery wcigedsceiicnnud rcacehestcadeaetteas i aaue 5 45 Jump Statice nA EER 5 46 Headlamp Aiming io 5 51 Bulb Replacement l n 5 54 Halogen BUDS vcsccc cnt veenreecsnctetiegienenaseecaecan een 5 54 Headlamps and Sidemarker Lamps 5 54 Front Turn Signal Parking and Fog Lamps 5 57 Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps 5 58 Back Up LAMPS weiceccazors tecascassetiiaceeecedeeeseeinns 5 59 License Plate Lamp c seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 60 Replacement Bulbs c seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 60 Windshield Replacement eeeee 5 61 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 5 61 TOS praa o a T 5 62 Tire Sidewall
317. ne GM parts and GM trained and supported service people Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACDelco ig Parts EJ Goodwrench ME Accessories Accessories and Modifications When non dealer non retailer accessories are added to your vehicle they can affect your vehicle s performance and safety including such things as airbags braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like antilock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these accessories could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by warranty GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on your vehicle Your GM dealer retailer can accessorize your vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer retailer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories Also see Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 65 California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals 5 3 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements
318. ng light may also come on when the brake fluid is low If this occurs the LOW BRAKE FLUID message will also appear in the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 for more information 3 46 If the brake warning light comes on while the vehicle is being driven pull off the road and stop carefully The brake pedal may be harder to push or it may go closer to the floor It may also take the vehicle longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 27 A CAUTION Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to an accident If the light is still on after you have pulled off the road and stopped carefully have the vehicle towed for service Anti lock Brake System ABS Warning Light For vehicles with the Antilock Brake System ABS this light comes on briefly when the engine is started That is normal If the light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem If the ABS light stays on turn the ignition off if the light comes on when you are driving stop as soon as it is safely possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the ABS light still stays on or comes on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service If the regular
319. ng or air conditioning systems and rear window defogger When the remote start system is active and the vehicle has an automatic climate control system it will automatically regulate the inside temperature Normal operation of these systems will return after the ignition key is turned to ON RUN Laws in some communities may restrict the use of remote starters For example some laws may require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view when doing so Check local regulations for any requirements on remote starting of vehicles Do not use the remote start feature if your vehicle is low on fuel Your vehicle may run out of fuel If your vehicle has the remote start feature the RKE transmitter functions will have an increased range of operation However the range may be less while the vehicle is running There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter see Remote Keyless Entry RKE System on page 2 3 for additional information Q Remote Start This button will be on the RKE transmitter if you have remote start To start the vehicle using the remote start feature 1 Aim the transmitter at the vehicle 2 Press and release the transmitter s lock button then immediately press and hold the transmitter s remote start button for about four seconds or until the vehicle s turn signal lamps flash The doors will lock When the vehicle starts the parking lamps turn on and remain on
320. ning and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running 5 48 A CAUTION Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light Be sure the battery has enough water You do not need to add water to the battery installed in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be sure the right amount of fluid is there If it is low add water to take care of that first If you do not explosive gas could be present Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the place with water and get medical help immediately 5 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation If they do you could get a shock The vehicles could be damaged too Before you connect the cables here are some basic things you should know Positive will go to positive or to a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Negative will go to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe
321. nly one side may have the date of manufacture D Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load E Tire Inflation The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi 420 kPa For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 69 F Tire Size A combination of letters and numbers define a tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description The letter T as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only G TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines Tire Size The following illustration shows an example of a typical passenger vehicle tire size P225 60R16 97S IT HIT A Passenger P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association 5 65 B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurem
322. ns i Options Press this button to access the Date Language Display Units Daytime Display Enhancement Engine Oil Monitor System Personal Programming modes and Tire Pressure readings Date This menu sets the date The time is set through the radio See Setting the Clock on page 3 95 for more information To set the date 1 Press the options button until the date is displayed on the DIC 2 Press the set reset button to access the RESET YEAR screen The second position in the year will be selected Press and hold the set reset button to scroll through the available digits Release the button when the correct digit appears 3 Press the options button to advance to the first position in the year Press and hold the set reset button to scroll through the available digits Release the button when the correct digit appears 4 Press the options button to advance to the months of the year 3 63 5 Press the set reset button to scroll through the months of the year releasing the button when the correct month appears 6 Press the options button to advance to the days of the month 7 Press the set reset button to scroll through the days of the month releasing the button when the correct day appears 8 Press the options button again to advance to the main date screen The screen will now display the new date Language This menu allows the selection of the language in which the DIC messages will appear The D
323. nt ccc ccc ce eee eeeeeeeeeeeeneees Rear Assist Handle Reading Lamps Rear Door Security LOCKS ccceeeeeeeeeeeeee ees Rearview Mirror with OnStar 0 ceeeeeeeeee eee Rearview MIPMORS sasccdistcsre2eds cccnedaae seeder eroria Reclining Seatbacks ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eenes Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Recreational Vehicle Towing Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation cccceceececeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees Remote Vehicle Start ccccecceeeeeeee teenies Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeneees Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 06 5 5 98 Replacement Bulbs ceceeeeeeeeeeereeeeeeees 5 60 Replacement Parts Maintenance 55 6 13 Replacement Windshield 0seeeeeee es 5 61 Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government 6 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 14 General Motors 0cceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 7 14 United States Government ceeeeeeee ees 7 14 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems 0 08 1 66 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash ccccceceececeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 1 67 Retained Accessory Power RAP o e 2 24 Roadside Assistance Program ceceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeee
324. nt system can be armed using the driver s door lock switch by pressing the driver s door lock switch while the driver s door is open and the key is not in the ignition or by pressing the front passenger s door lock switch while the front passenger s door is open and the key is not in the ignition To program this mode 1 Press the set reset button to scroll to OFF or ON 2 Press the options button again to advance to the next screen REMOTE START If your vehicle has the remote start feature this screen allows this feature to be turned OFF or ON The remote start feature allows you to start the engine from outside of the vehicle using the RKE transmitter See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 7 for more information If OFF is selected the remote start feature will be disabled If ON is selected the remote start feature will be enabled To program this mode 1 Press the set reset button to scroll to OFF or ON 2 Press the options button again to advance to the next screen PROGRAMMING FINISHED will appear on the next screen This confirms that the personal options programming is complete 3 93 Audio System s Determine which radio your vehicle has and then read the pages following to familiarize yourself with its features A CAUTION This system provides you with far greater access to audio stations and song listings Giving extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving can cause a crash
325. o display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on SERVICE VARIABLE EFFORT STEERING This symbol comes on with this message If the vehicle has the variable effort steering system this message displays if this system is not functioning properly See Steering on page 4 10 for more information Have the system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds while this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on SERVICE VEHICLE SOON This symbol comes on with this message This message displays when a non emissions related malfunction occurs Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds while
326. o lock the doors after the key is removed from the ignition The red light if your vehicle has one will come on to indicate that the system is arming After all doors are closed and locked and after a time delay the red light if your vehicle has one will begin flashing at a very slow rate to show the system is armed Arming Confirmation Your vehicle may have a red light located on top of the instrument panel towards the center of the vehicle and near the windshield that will flash slowly to confirm when the system is armed Disarming with the RKE Transmitter The alarm system will disarm when the RKE transmitter is used to unlock the doors The red light if your vehicle has one will go out to show that the system is disarmed 2 20 Disarming with Your Key The alarm system will disarm when the key is used to unlock the doors The red light if your vehicle has one will stop flashing when the system is disarmed If you would like the key to disarm the alarm system see Personal Programming Mode Screens under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 89 for more information PASS Key III Electronic Immobilizer Your PASS Key IIl system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This de
327. o make changes after that time without notice For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited for Pontiac Division whenever it appears in this manual This manual describes features that may be available in this model but your vehicle may not have all of them For example more than one entertainment system may be offered or your vehicle may have been ordered without a front passenger or rear seats Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference Litho in U S A Part No 15863021 B Second Printing Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer retailer or from Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 www helminc com Propri taires Canadiens On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en fran ais aupr s de concessionnaire ou a ladresse suivante Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 www helminc com 2007 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved Using this Manual You should read this owner manual from beginning to end when you first receive the new vehicle to learn about the vehicle s features and controls Pictures and words work together to explain things Index A good place to quickly locate information about the vehicle is the Index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found
328. oblems Stains caused by such things as catsup coffee tea milk fruit fruit juice jelly cheese chocolate vomit urine and blood can be removed using the club soda water instructions given earlier in this section 5 112 If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine treat the area with a water and baking soda solution 1 teaspoon 5 ml of baking soda to 1 cup 250 ml of lukewarm water Let dry Stains caused by oil and grease can be cleaned with an approved GM cleaner and a clean white cloth 1 Carefully scrape off excess stain 2 Clean with cool water and allow to dry completely 3 If a stain remains follow the cleaner instructions described earlier Leather A soft cloth dampened with water can be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of your leather and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Never use shoe polish on leather Ultra Lux Suede Cleaning Ultra Lux Su
329. ocedure can be used again See Ignition Positions on page 2 23 for information regarding the ignition positions on your vehicle The remote vehicle start feature will not operate if any of the follow occur e The remote start system is disabled through the DIC e The vehicle s key is in the ignition e A door on the vehicle is open e The vehicle s hood is open e The hazard warning flashers are on e There is an emission control system malfunction e The engine coolant temperature is too high e The oil pressure is low e Two remote vehicle starts or one start with a time extension have already been provided for that ignition cycle If a remote start is attempted and is unsuccessful the Driver Information Center DIC will display REMOTE START DISABLED Vehicles that have the remote start feature are shipped from the factory with the remote vehicle start system enabled The system may be enabled or disabled through the DIC See REMOTE START under DIC Operation and Displays Uplevel DIC with Trip Computer on page 3 55 or DIC Operation and Displays Base Level DIC on page 3 62 for additional information If your vehicle does not have the DIC feature and remote vehicle start was installed at the dealer retailer you will need to have the dealer retailer enable or disable the system Remote Start Ready If your vehicle does not have the remote vehicle start feature it may have the remote start ready feature T
330. of Safety Belts ce eeeeeeeeee eee ees Weeathersttips ovisst anrea 5 114 Washing Your Vehicle o a 5 114 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 06 5 5 115 Finish Care ccceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeen eee eeneeaes 5 115 Windshield and Wiper Blades 05 5 116 Aluminum Wheels cseeeeeeeeeereeeeeeees 5 116 TIES ororen sian on ae aE lavas 5 117 Sheet Metal Damage cseeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 117 Finish DAMAGES sccccieenenecess denn amaisa n aneii 5 117 Underbody Maintenance eeeeeeeeeee es 5 117 Chemical Paint Spotting eeeeeeeeee eres 5 118 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 118 Vehicle Identification eee 5 119 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 4 5 119 Service Parts Identification Label 5 120 Electrical System ccceeeeeeeeee eee eeee trees 5 120 Add On Electrical Equipment eeee 5 120 Headlamp Wiring 0 ceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeees 5 120 Windshield Wiper Fuses liccc 5 121 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 121 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ceeeeeeee eee 5 121 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 00e 5 122 Underhood Fuse Block cceeeeeeeeee eens 5 124 Capacities and Specifications 5 128 Service For service and parts needs visit your dealer retailer You will receive genui
331. of you brake before you are on it Try not to brake while you are actually on the ice and avoid sudden steering maneuvers If You Are Caught in a Blizzard If you are stopped by heavy snow you could be ina serious situation You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help and you can hike through the snow Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe e Turn on the hazard warning flashers e Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you have been stopped by the snow e Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you If you do not have blankets or extra clothing make body insulators from newspapers burlap bags rags floor mats anything you can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm A CAUTION Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust pipe And check around again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind This will help keep CO out You can run the engine to keep warm but be careful Run your engine only as long as you mu
332. ol See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 29 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency 5 28 Notice If your engine catches fire because you keep driving with no coolant your vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 29 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency If No Steam is Coming From Your Engine An overheat warning can indicate a serious problem If you get an engine overheat warning but see or hear no steam the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you e Climb a long hill on a hot day e Stop after high speed driving Idle for long periods in traffic e Tow a trailer If an overheat warning occurs without any sign of steam try this for a minute or so 1 In heavy traffic let the engine idle in NEUTRAL N while stopped If it is safe to do so pull off the road shift to PARK P or NEUTRAL N and let the engine idle 2 Set the heater at the highest setting and the fan at the highest speed and open the windows as necessary If the overheat warning no longer exists the vehicle can be driven Just to be safe drive slower for about 10 minutes If the warning does not come back on the vehicle can be driven normally If the warning continues and you have not stopped pull over stop and park the vehic
333. on or radio off CDs may be loaded with the radio and ignition off if this button is pressed first 3 113 XM Radio Messages XL Explicit Language Channels These channels or any others can be blocked at a customers request by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 Updating The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No Signal The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When the vehicle is moved into an open area the signal should return Loading XM The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and text data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly CH Off Air This channel is not currently in service Tune to another channel CH Unavail This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned Tune to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button 3 114 No Info No artist song title category or text information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly No Info No text or informational messages are available at this time on this channel The system is working properly Not Found There are no channels available for the selected category The system is working properly XM Locked The XM receiver in your vehicle may have previously been in another vehicl
334. ongue The tongue load A of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total or gross weight of the vehicle The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle If there are a lot of options equipment passengers and cargo in the vehicle it will reduce the tongue weight the vehicle can carry which will also reduce the trailer weight the vehicle can tow And if towing a trailer the tongue load must be added to the GVW because the vehicle will be carrying that weight too See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 for more information about your vehicle s maximum load capacity When using a weight carrying hitch or a weight distributing hitch the trailer tongue A should weigh 10 to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B After the trailer is loaded weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper The correct weight could be achieved simply by moving some items around in the trailer 4 31 Total Weight on Your Vehicle s Tires Be sure the vehicle s tires are inflated to the upper limit for cold tires These numbers can be found on the Tire and Loading Information label that is located on the drivers side center B pillar See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 Be sure not to go over the GVW limit for the vehicle or the GAWR including the weight of the trailer
335. ont passenger With roof rail airbags the word AIRBAG will appear along the headliner or trim Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts Even though today s airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts All airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them A CAUTION Frontal airbags are designed to deploy in moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crashes They are not designed to inflate in rollover rear crashes or in many side crashes Roof rail airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe crashes where something hits the side of your vehicle They are not designed to inflate in frontal in rollover or in rear crashes Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person 1 53 A CAUTION Airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye Anyone who is up against or ve
336. oors If enabled through the Driver Information Center DIC the parking lamps may flash once and the horn may chirp once to indicate locking has occurred See REMOTE LOCKS FEEDBACK under DIC Operation and Displays Uplevel DIC with Trip Computer on page 3 55 or DIC Operation and Displays Base Level DIC on page 3 62 for programming information Pressing will arm the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 18 for more information m Unlock Press m one time to unlock the drivers door Press m again within five seconds to unlock the other doors The interior lamps will come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on If enabled through the DIC the parking lamps may flash once and the horn may chirp once to indicate unlocking has occurred See REMOTE LOCKS FEEDBACK under DIC Operation and Displays Uplevel DIC with Trip Computer on page 3 55 or DIC Operation and Displays Base Level DIC on page 3 62 Pressing n on the RKE transmitter will disarm the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 18 for more details ab Trunk Release Press and hold Am for about one second to release the trunk lid The transaxle must be in PARK P for this feature to operate 2 Panic Alarm Press 2 to activate the alarm The ignition must be in LOCK OFF for the remote alarm to work When 4 is pressed the headlamps will flash and the horn will soun
337. ople never to drink alcohol and then drive Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking Control of a Vehicle The following three systems help to control your vehicle while driving brakes steering and accelerator At times as when driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide Meaning you can lose control of your vehicle See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 and Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 7 Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 45 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time First you have to decide to push on the brake pedal That is perception time Then you have to bring up your foot and do it That is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do
338. or Maintenance I and Maintenance II Generally it is recommended that your first service be Maintenance I your second service be Maintenance II and that you alternate Maintenance I and Maintenance II thereafter However in some cases Maintenance II may be required more often Maintenance I Use Maintenance I if the CHANGE OIL SOON message comes on within 10 months since the vehicle was purchased or Maintenance II was performed Maintenance II Use Maintenance II if the previous service performed was Maintenance I Always use Maintenance II whenever the message comes on 10 months or more since the last service or if the message has not come on at all for one year Scheduled Maintenance Service o Maintenance Maintenance ni Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 5 15 Reset oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 18 An Emission Control Service Visually check for any leaks or damage See footnote k a o Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 20 See footnote m Rotate tires and check inflation pressures and wear See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 75 and Tire Wear Inspection in At Least Once a Month on page 6 9 Inspect brake system See footnote a a e Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels and add fluid as needed ooe o e e Perform any needed additional services See Additio
339. ore and other parts If coolant needs to be added more than four times a year have your dealer retailer check the cooling system Notice If you use extra inhibitors and or additives in your vehicle s cooling system you could damage your vehicle Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 for more information 5 25 Checking Coolant The coolant recovery tank cap has this symbol on it DEX COOL See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on the location of the coolant recovery tank The vehicle must be on a level surface when checking the coolant level When the engine is cold the coolant level should be at the cold fill line or a little higher The cold fill line is marked with the same symbol as the coolant recovery tank cap 5 26 Adding Coolant If more coolant is needed add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture at the coolant recovery tank but be careful not to spill it If the coolant recovery tank is completely empty add coolant to the radiator See Engine Overheating on page 5 27 A CAUTION Turning the pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly With the coolant recovery tank you will almost never have to add coolant at the radiator Never turn the pressure cap even a little when the
340. ork correctly when the compact spare is installed on the vehicle Of course it s best to replace the spare with a full size tire as soon as you can The spare will last longer and be in good shape in case you need it again Notice When the compact spare is installed do not take your vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails The compact spare can get caught on the rails That can damage the tire and wheel and maybe other parts of your vehicle Do not use the compact spare on other vehicles And do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires They will not fit Keep the spare tire and its wheel together Notice Tire chains will not fit your compact spare Using them can damage your vehicle and can damage the chains too Do not use tire chains on your compact spare Appearance Care Interior Cleaning Your vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on your upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from your upholstery It is important to keep your upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible Your vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use care bec
341. oss country trip it will be necessary to compensate for compass variance and reset the zone through the DIC See DIC Compass Uplevel DIC on page 3 65 for more information 00000 The buttons on the DIC trip computer are gages trip odometer set reset options and fuel Gages lt Gages Press this button to access the OIL LIFE REMAINING TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE BATTERY ENGINE HOURS and MAXIMUM Gs modes 3 55 OIL LIFE REMAINING Press the gages button until OIL LIFE REMAINING is displayed This screen indicates the percentage of oil life in the vehicle s engine that has not degraded See Engine Oil on page 5 15 for more information After the oil has been changed in the vehicle reset the ENGINE OIL MONITOR screen in the options menu To reset the engine oil monitor system see Engine Oil Life System on page 5 18 Press the gages button again to advance to the next screen TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMP This screen displays this message along with the temperature F or C of the transmission fluid Press the gages button again to advance to the next screen BATTERY This screen displays the amount of volts the battery is generating Your vehicle s charging system regulates voltage based on the state of the battery The battery voltage may fluctuate when viewing this information on the DIC This is normal 3 56 See Electric Power Management on page 3 22 for more information Press the gages
342. other parts too And do not connect the negative cable to the negative terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks Connect the red positive cable to the positive terminal location on the vehicle with the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive terminal location on the vehicle with the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal location on the vehicle with the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery Connect the other end of the negative cable at least 18 inches 45 cm away from the dead battery but not near engine parts that move The electrical connection is just as good there and the chance of sparks getting back to the battery is much less Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a while Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs service 5 49 Notice If the jumper cables a
343. ou can call the General Motors Customer Communication Centre 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French or write to Mediation Arbitration Program c o Customer Communication Centre General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Your inquiry should be accompanied by your Vehicle Identification Number VIN Online Owner Center United States only The Owner Center is a resource for your GM ownership needs Specific vehicle information can be found in one place The Online Owner Center allows you to e Get e mail service reminders e Access information about your specific vehicle including tips and videos and an electronic version of this owner manual e Keep track of your vehicle s service history and maintenance schedule e Find GM dealers retailers for service nationwide e Receive special promotions and privileges only available to members Refer to www MyGMLink com on the web for updated information and to register your vehicle My GM Canada Canada only My GM Canada is a password protected section of gmcanada com where you can save information on GM vehicles get personalized offers and use handy tools and forms with greater ease Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you will have access to My Showroom Find and save information on vehicles and current offers in your area My Dealers Retailers Save details such
344. p back out by itself Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating does not let the lighter back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating can occur to the lighter or heating element or a fuse could be blown Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating Notice If you put papers pins or other flammable items in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage your vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray 3 27 Climate Controls Climate Control System The climate control system allows manual control of the heating cooling and ventilation in the vehicle Fan Sis Fan Turn the knob by this symbol located on the left side of the climate control panel clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed The fan speed will be temporarily reduced between the transition to a new mode The fan will resume the original speed when the transition to the new mode is complete 3 28 O Off Turn the knob to this position to turn the climate control system off Only the heated seat and or rear defrost can be operated when the fan is off Mode Turn the middle knob to select the following modes 7s Vent Outside Air This mode directs outside air to the instrument panel outlets If driving in city traffic and the vehicle is stopped and idling or the weather is hot press the recirculation button
345. page 5 116 for more information e Make sure the safety belt reminder light and safety belt assemblies are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also see Checking the Restraint Systems on page 1 66 f Lubricate all key lock cylinders Lubricate all hinges and latches including those for the body doors hood secondary latch pivots spring anchor release pawl rear compartment glove box door console door and any folding seat hardware More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak g f you drive regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often h Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service i Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer retailer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page
346. perly Have the brake system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds while this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 81 SERVICE BRAKE APPLY SENSOR This message displays when the brake apply sensor is not functioning properly The vehicle still has brakes when this warning message displays but you should have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds while this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 82 SERVICE PARK LAMPS This
347. phone TTY 1 888 889 2438 For vehicles purchased in Canada call 1 800 268 6800 Service is available 24 hours a day 365 days a year As the owner of a new Pontiac vehicle you are automatically enrolled in the Pontiac Roadside Assistance program Who is Covered Roadside Assistance coverage is for the vehicle operator regardless of ownership In Canada a person driving this vehicle without the consent of the owner is not eligible for coverage Services Provided The following services are provided in the U S and Canada up to 5 years 100 000 miles 160 000 km whichever occurs first and in Canada only up to a maximum coverage of 100 e Fuel Delivery Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest service station approximately 5 in Canada In Canada service to provide diesel may be restricted For safety reasons propane and other alternative fuels will not be provided through this service e Lock out Service Lock out service is covered at no charge if you are unable to gain entry into your vehicle A remote unlock may be available if you have an active OnStar subscription To ensure security the driver must present personal identification before lock out service is provided In Canada the vehicle registration is also required Emergency Tow From a Public Roadway or Highway Tow to the nearest dealership for warranty service or in the event of a vehicle disabling crash Winch out assistanc
348. ppears A warning light indicating that this system is deactivated also appears on the instrument panel cluster See Traction Control System TCS Warning Light on page 3 47 When the StabiliTrak Plus system is off the system will not be engaged and will not actively assist the driver with directional control of the vehicle See StabiliTrak Plus System on page 4 8 Any of the following conditions may cause the StabiliTrak Plus system to turn off e The StabiliTrak Plus system on the GXP option is manually turned off See StabiliTrak Plus System on page 4 8 for more information e The battery is low e There is a StabiliTrak Plus system failure See your dealer retailer for service STARTING DISABLED DUE TO ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL This message displays when there is a malfunction with the electronic throttle control which prevents the vehicle from starting Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer This message only appears while the ignition is in ON RUN and will not disappear until the problem is resolved A chime sounds for two seconds This message cannot be acknowledged STARTING DISABLED DUE TO THEFT SYSTEM This message displays when the system detects a malfunction in the content theft deterrent system and prevents the vehicle from starting This message only appears while the ignition is in ON RUN and will not disappear until the problem is resolved A chime sounds for two seconds This m
349. purposes such as behind a motorhome see Recreational Vehicle Towing following Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing your vehicle behind another vehicle such as behind a motorhome The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground and dolly towing towing your vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly With the proper preparation and equipment many vehicles can be towed in these ways See Dinghy Towing and Dolly Towing following 4 27 Here are some important things to consider before you do recreational vehicle towing e What is the towing capacity of the towing vehicle Be sure to read the tow vehicle manufacturer s recommendations e How far will the vehicle be towed Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow e Do you have the proper towing equipment See your dealer retailer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations e Is the vehicle ready to be towed Just as you would prepare your vehicle for a long trip you will want to make sure the vehicle is prepared to be towed See Before Leaving on a Long Trip on page 4 15 Dinghy Towing Notice If you tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground the drivetrain components could be damaged The repairs would not b
350. r Hands Free Calling that uses your minutes to access location based weather local traffic reports and stock quotes By pressing the phone button and giving a few simple voice commands you can browse through the various topics See the OnStar Owners Guide for more information Only available in the continental U S 2 41 OnStar Steering Wheel Controls Your vehicle may have a Talk Mute button that can be used to interact with OnStar Hands Free Calling See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 115 for more information On some vehicles you may have to hold the button for a few seconds and give the command ONSTAR to activate the OnStar Hands Free Calling On some vehicles the mute button can be used to dial numbers into voicemail systems or to dial phone extensions See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information How OnStar Service Works Your vehicle s OnStar system has the capability of recording and transmitting vehicle information This information is automatically sent to an OnStar Call Center at the time of an OnStar button press Emergency button press or if your airbags or AACN system deploys The vehicle information usually includes your GPS location and in the event of a crash additional information regarding the accident that your vehicle has been involved in e g the direction from which your vehicle was hit 2 42 When you use the Virtual Advisor feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling your
351. r a tire to blowout while you are driving especially if you maintain your tires properly See Tires on page 5 62 If air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blowout here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blowout particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you d use in a skid In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible If a tire goes flat and your vehicle has a spare tire see Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 96 This information shows you how to use your vehicle s tire changing equipment and how to change a flat tire safely A CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training The jack provided with your vehicle is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicl
352. r discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to ensure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior crashes In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by tha
353. r example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you You can avoid these problems by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot there is not room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply the brakes See Braking on page 4 3 It is better to remove as much speed as you can froma possible collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly Off Road Recovery You may find that your vehicle s right wheels have dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while you are driving If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the w
354. r in the vehicle is designed to hold only one child restraint Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash A child or others could be injured if this happens To help prevent injury to people and damage to your vehicle attach only one child restraint per anchor that a LATCH type child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual 1 43 A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Secure any unused safety belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock if your vehicle has one after the child restraint has been installed Be sure to follow the instructions of the child restraint manufacturer Notice Contact between the child restraint LATCH attachment parts and the vehicle s safety belt assembly may cause damage to these parts Make sure when securing unused safety belts behind the child restraint that there is no contact between the child restraint LATCH attachment parts and the vehicle s safety belt assembly 1 44 Folding an empty rear seat with the safety belts s
355. r outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations boost the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on your radio FM Stereo FM stereo gives the best sound but FM signals reach only about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Tall buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals causing the sound to fade in and out XM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or tunnels may cause loss of the XM signal for a period of time The radio may display NO SIGNAL to indicate interference Backglass Antenna The AM FM antenna is integrated with the rear window defogger located in the rear window Make sure that the inside surface of the rear window is not scratched and that the lines on the glass are not damaged If
356. r scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package 5 54 Headlamps and Sidemarker Lamps To replace a headlamp or sidemarker bulb A High Beam Headlamp B Low Beam Headlamp C Sidemarker Lamp 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 11 for more information 4 Pull the headlamp assembly straight out from the 3 Pull up half way on the metal retaining clip vehicle Moving the headlamp up and down slightly while pushing rearward on the headlamp may help with its removal Align the square cut out on the retaining clip with the notch on the headlamp 2 Locate the metal retaining clip Remove the bolt 5 55 A High Beam Headlamp B Low Beam Headlamp C Sidemarker Lamp 5 Turn the bulb socket ring one quarter of a turn counterclockwise to remove it from the headlamp assembly 5 56 11 Pull the old bulb from the socket Place the new bulb into the socket Turn the bulb socket ring one quarter turn clockwise to reinstall it back into the headlamp assembly Carefully reinstall the headlamp assembly Push down on the metal retaining clip while pushing rearward on the headlamp making sure the headlamp assembly is secure Reinstall the bolt and tighten to secure 2 Locate the front turn signal parking lamp all models and fog lamp bulbs if equipped which are located below the headlamp assembly Front Turn Signal
357. r to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 72 for additional information 5 71 Federal Communications Commission FCC and Industry and Science Canada The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequenc
358. r vehicle Immediately drive the vehicle 5 miles 8 km to distribute the sealant evenly in the tire Stop at a safe location and check the tire pressure Refer to Steps 1 through 8 under Using the Air Compressor without Sealant next in this section If the tire pressure has fallen more than 10 psi 68 kPa below the recommended inflation pressure stop driving the vehicle The tire is too damaged for the sealant to work See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 If the tire pressure has not dropped more than 10 psi 68 kPa from the recommended inflation pressure you can inflate the tire back up to the recommended inflation pressure 19 Dispose of the sealant canister at your dealer retailer or in accordance with your local state codes and practices After using the sealant canister replace it with a new canister from your dealer retailer 20 After temporarily repairing a tire with the emergency flat tire repair kit take your vehicle to your dealer retailer to have the tire inspected and repaired Using the Air Compressor without Sealant To use the air compressor by itself to inflate a tire 1 Remove the air compressor accessory plug from the air compressor Unlock the air compressor hose from the sealant canister by pulling up on the lever Pull the air compressor inflator hose from the sealant canister Push the air compressor inflator hose onto the tire valve stem and push the lever down
359. r vehicle s acceleration could be slightly reduced and you might notice a slight audible knocking noise commonly referred to as spark knock If the octane is less than 87 you might notice a heavy knocking noise when you drive If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible Otherwise you could damage the engine If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 or 3 511 in Canada Some gasolines contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadieny manganese tricarbonyl MMT We recommend against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 5 6 for additional information California Fuel If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance might be affected The malfunction indicator lamp could turn on and your vehicle might fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 50 If this occurs return to your authorized dealer retailer for diagnosis If
360. r vehicles operated on a non public roadway or highway fines impound towing caused by a violation of local Municipal State Provincial or Federal law and mounting dismounting or changing of snow tires chains or other traction devices Roadside Assistance is not part of or included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Pontiac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service contact your dealer retailer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer retailer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership retailer let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer retailer requests that you simply drop the vehicle off for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair Courtesy Transportation To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for vehicles with t
361. raction Control System TCS on page 4 6 or Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 7 If your vehicle does not have TCS or ETS accelerate gently Try not to break the fragile traction If you accelerate too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more Unless your vehicle has the Antilock Brake System ABS you will want to brake very gently too If you do have ABS see Antilock Brake System ABS on page 4 4 ABS improves your vehicle s stability when you make a hard stop on a slippery road Whether your vehicle has ABS or not begin stopping sooner than you would on dry pavement Without ABS if you feel your vehicle begin to slide let up on the brakes a little Push the brake pedal down steadily to get the most traction you can Remember unless your vehicle has ABS if you brake so hard that the wheels stop rolling you will just slide Brake so the wheels always keep rolling and you can still steer e Whatever your vehicle s braking system allow greater following distance on any slippery road e Watch for slippery spots The road might be fine until you hit a spot that is covered with ice On an otherwise clear road ice patches can appear in shaded areas where the sun cannot reach such as around clumps of trees behind buildings or under bridges Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear If you see a patch of ice ahead
362. re connected or To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may the following occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the not be covered by your warranty Always connect vehicle that had the dead battery and remove the jumper cables in the correct order making sure that the cables do not touch 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the each other or other metal vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle 5 Return the remote positive terminal cover to its original position Jumper Cable Removal A Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote Negative Terminal B Good Battery or Remote Positive and Remote Negative Terminals C Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal 5 50 Headlamp Aiming The visual optical headlamp aiming system has been preset at the factory and should need no further adjustment However If the vehicle is damaged in an accident the headlamp aim may be affected and adjustment may be necessary If oncoming vehicles flash their high beams at you this may also mean the vertical aim needs to be adjusted It is recommended that the vehicle is taken to your dealer retailer for service if the headlamps need to be re ai
363. red and property could be damaged Make sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake e To check the parking brake s holding ability With the engine running and the transmission in NEUTRAL N slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only e To check the PARK P mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to PARK P Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake Contact your dealer retailer if service is required Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect Recommended Fluids and Usage ____FiulalLubricant Lubricants F GM Power Steering Fluid Power Steering GM Part No U S 89021184 Fluids and lubricants identified below by name y in Canada 89021186 part number or specification can be obtained from A P utomatic DEXRON VI Automatic your dealer retailer Transmission Fluid Engine oil which meets GM in Canada 10953474 Standard GM6094M and displays the American Petroleum Institute Hood Latch Certified for
364. ress the options button again to advance to the next screen PERSONAL PROGRAMMING MODE This menu allows you to customize several features on your vehicle See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 89 for more information Press the options button again to advance to the next screen 3 60 TIRE PRESSURE This menu shows the tire pressure for each tire The tire pressure will be shown in either pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa Press the options button until the DIC shows the tire pressure for the front tires Press the options button again to view the pressure for the rear tires If a low tire pressure condition is detected by the system while driving a message advising you to check the pressure in a specific tire will appear in the display See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 69 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 for more information If the tire pressure display shows dashes instead of a value there may be a problem with your vehicle If this consistently occurs see your dealer retailer for service Press the options button to advance to the next screen DISPLAY OFF will appear on the next screen The screen will count down and then go blank Press the options button to return to the main date screen Fuel D Fuel Press this button to access the Average Fuel Economy Instantaneous Fuel Economy and Fuel Range modes AVG ECONOMY Average Fuel Economy This screen will display the app
365. ricants on page 6 12 5 39 Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When you need windshield washer fluid be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If you will be operating the vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing Adding Washer Fluid When the windshield washer fluid reservoir is low a LOW WASHER FLUID message along with the washer symbol comes on in the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 for more information Open the cap with the washer symbol on it Add washer fluid until the tank is full See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for reservoir location 5 40 Notice e When using concentrated washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructions for adding water Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid e Fill the washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full e Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage the vehicle s windshield washer system and paint Brakes Brake Fluid The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled w
366. rneath the vehicle while it is idling or after the engine is turned off This is normal Recirculation gt Recirculation Press this button to activate the recirculation mode With this selection inside air is recirculated into the vehicle This mode reduces outside air and odors from entering the vehicle It may also help to heat or cool the air inside the vehicle more quickly An indicator light to the right of the button will come on to show that the recirculation button has been pressed The instrument panel brightness control may have to be adjusted to the highest setting to see the indicator The recirculation mode has a timer After five minutes the system s air inlet door will move slightly to allow for ten percent fresh outside air to maintain interior air quality The only way to reset the system to full recirculation is to restart the five minute timer by selecting vent outside air and recirculation again Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog or frost from the rear window Be sure to clear as much snow from the rear window as possible Notice Do not use a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window Do not adhere anything to the defogger grid lines in the rear glass These actions may damage the rear defogger Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Gt Rear Window Defogger Press this button to turn the rear window defogger on or off An ind
367. roximate average miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km This number is calculated based on the number of mpg L 100 km recorded since the last time this menu item was reset To reset the average fuel economy for the vehicle follow this procedure 1 Press the set reset button to reset to zero 2 Press the fuel button again to advance to the next screen INST ECONOMY Instantaneous Fuel Economy This screen displays the current fuel economy at a particular moment and will change frequently as driving conditions change Unlike average fuel economy this screen cannot be reset Press the fuel button again to advance to the next screen RANGE This screen displays the approximate number of remaining miles or kilometers the vehicle can be driven without refueling This estimate is based on the average fuel economy for the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank and the current driving conditions This estimate will change if driving conditions change For example if driving in traffic and making frequent stops the display may read one number but if the vehicle is driven on a freeway the number may change even though the same amount of fuel is in the fuel tank This is because different driving conditions produce different fuel economies Generally freeway driving produces better fuel economy than city driving If the fuel tank contains less than 2 gallons 7 6 L the LOW FUEL message will appear on
368. rrier consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs If a Crash Occurs Here is what to do if you are involved in a crash e Check to make sure that you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured e If there has been an injury call emergency services for help Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer e Give only the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the crash Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the crash This will help guard against post crash legal action e f you need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 6 for more information e f your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the driver s name the service s name and the phone number e Remove any valuables from your vehic
369. rs are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the right front passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that children be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always
370. rse The braking performance you have come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts Battery Your vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery see your dealer retailer for one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for battery location Warning Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling If the battery has a very low charge or is dead you might not be able to remove the ignition key from the ignition switch or shift out of PARK P See Shifting Out of PARK P on page 2 35 Vehicle Storage A CAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Siarting on page 5 46 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt Infrequent Usage If you drive your vehicle infrequently remove the black negative cable from the battery This will help keep the battery from running down Extended Storage For extended storage of your vehicle remove the black negative cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger This will help maintain the charge of the battery over an extended period of time 5 45 Jump Starting If yo
371. ruise Control on page 3 12 ETS operates in all transmission shift lever positions But the system can upshift the transmission only as high as the chosen shift lever position so use the lower gears only when necessary See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 28 This symbol along with the message TRACTION CONTROL OFF will display on the DIC for three seconds when the ETS is not on If there is a problem with the system the service traction system will also come on in the DIC See Enhanced Traction System Warning Light on page 3 48 When this warning light is on the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust driving accordingly To limit wheel spin especially in slippery road conditions the ETS should always be left on But the system can be turned off The system should be turned off if the vehicle ever gets stuck in sand mud or snow and rocking the vehicle is required See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 22 and If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 21 for more information Press the traction control button located on the console to turn the system off TC If the system is limiting wheel spin when the button is pressed the system will turn off instantly Press the traction control button again to turn the system on StabiliTrak Plus System The vehicle may have a vehicle stability enhancement system called Stabilitrak Plus It is an advanced computer controlled sy
372. ry close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Do not sit unnecessarily close to the airbag as you would be if you were sitting on the edge of your seat or leaning forward Safety belts help keep you in position before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side windows in seating positions with roof rail airbags 1 54 A CAUTION Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer the best protection for adults but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 1 29 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 32 There is an airbag readiness light on the amp e instrument panel which A shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 42 for more information Where Are the Airbags The right front passenger s airbag is in the instrument panel on the passenger s side The driver s frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering whee
373. s Center High Mounted Stop CHMSL BKUP Lamp Back Up Lamps PWR WDO ae Steering Wheel Control Switches PWR SEAT Turn Signals Hazard Warning PWR MIRS HTD SEAT To reinstall the end panel position the lower section with the edge of the instrument panel and press the sides of the panel until it snaps into place 5 123 Underhood Fuse Block The underhood fuse block is located on the passenger s side of the vehicle in the engine compartment To remove the fuse block cover press in on the tab at the bottom of the cover and pull up 5 124 eD CD FEE COE Washer Regulated Voltage Control Fog Lamps Option Powertrain Control Module Electronic Throttle Control Electronic Throttle Control Display Antilock Brake Solenoid Fuses Use O 5 125 Relays Usage High Beam Headlamps Driver Module Air Conditioning Clutch 5 126 5 3L V8 Engine HVAC Climate Control System FUEL PUMP Fuel Pump AIRBA ee a Airbag Display Antilock Brake System Electronic Throttle Control Engine ETC ECM Control Module A C CMPRSR Air Conditioning Compressor COMPASS INJ 1 ECM TCM TRANS EMIS
374. s a eee ieena 1 2 Where to Put the Restraint eee 1 38 Manitial Seats siressa eae 1 2 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children Power Seat siteccistcetadec hale nets cdoewetetencaecapekataeeies 1 3 CATCH nemiran janis EE E E 1 39 Power Lumbar ccceceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 4 Securing a Child Restraint in a Heated Seats cccececeeeeeceee eee eeaeeneeaeeaeeeees 1 4 Rear Seat Position cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 1 46 Reclining Seatbacks cceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeee es 1 5 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Head Restraints 20 s c nccccedaceneetdidnesetaeteacebeeneses 1 7 Seat POSION rasne ne inina 1 49 Passenger Folding Seatback ceeee 1 8 Airbag System o n 1 52 Rear Seats osscar iiaae i dares 1 9 Where Are the Airbags eeeeeeeeeeee eee 1 55 Split Folding Rear Seat cceeeeeeeeeeeee eee 1 9 When Should an Airbag Inflate ee 1 57 Safety Belts scsiece ine sarncgetnnstavemnernzeeicnnseneads 1 10 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 1 58 Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 1 10 How Does an Airbag Restrain 1 58 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 15 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 58 Lap Shoulder Belt cceeeseeeeeeeeeneeaeeneees 1 22 Passenger Sensing System sssrin 1 60 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 06 1 28 Servicing Yo
375. s hatched area that shows the proper operating range the engine could be damaged 7 AAAA SAE 5W 30 AR See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil fill cap Be sure to add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range in the cross hatched area Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through What Kind of Engine Oil to Use RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER FIT c LOOK FOR ial THIS SYMBOL 80 AND GM STANDARD GM6094M DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER Look for three things e GM6094M Your vehicle s engine requires oil meeting GM Standard GM6094M Look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M e SAE 5W 30 As shown in the viscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 e Oils meeting these requirements should have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API Look for this information on the oil container and use only those oils that are identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and have the starburst symbol on the front of the oil container Notice Use only engine oil identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M a
376. s indicator it means that the passenger sensing 3 44 Up Shift Light If your vehicle has this light it will come on when the shift lever is in the manual transmission position It will appear as a prompt to up shift to the next gear using one of the Tap Shift paddles located on the steering wheel If your vehicle has the Head Up Display HUD it will only appear on it See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 28 and Head Up Display HUD on page 3 23 for more information Brake System Warning Light The vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part is not working the other part can still work and stop the vehicle For good braking though both parts should be working well Canada United States This light should come on briefly when the engine is started If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem 3 45 When the ignition is on the brake system warning light will also come on when the parking brake is set The light will stay on if the parking brake does not release fully If it stays on after the parking brake is fully released it means the vehicle has a brake problem The PARKING BRAKE ON message will also appear in the Driver Information Center DIC when the parking brake is set and the vehicle is going faster than 5 mph See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 for more information The brake warni
377. s is a result of high humidity moisture condensing on the cool window glass This can be minimized if the climate control system is used properly There are two modes to clear fog or frost from your windshield Use the floor defog mode to clear the windows of fog or moisture and warm the passengers Use the defrost mode to remove fog or frost from the windshield more quickly 5 Floor Defog This mode directs the air between the windshield floor outlets and side windows When you select this mode the system turns off recirculation and runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is near or below freezing Pressing the recirculation button while in this mode will have no effect other than turning on the indicator light P Defrost This mode directs most of the air to the windshield with some air directed to the side windows In this mode the system will automatically turn off the recirculation and run the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is near or below freezing Pressing the recirculation button while in this mode will have no affect other than turning on the indicator light Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog or frost from the rear window The rear window defogger will only work when the engine is running Ka Rear Window Defogger Press this button to turn the rear window defogger on and off Be sure to clear as much
378. s more likely that the tire and tire pressure monitoring sensor may get damaged and have to be replaced A Air Compressor E Air Pressure Gage B Tire Sealant Canister F Air Compressor C Air Compressor Inflator Hose Accessory Plug G Sealant Filling Hose D On Off Switch 5 87 Accessing the Tire Inflator Kit To access the tire inflator kit 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 14 for more information 2 Locate the tire inflator kit by lifting up the carpet 3 Remove the inflator kit T am cover by turning the center nut 7 counterclockwise 5 88 4 Remove the inflator kit by pulling it straight out of the foam container Tire Sealant The kit contains a liquid sealant that when injected into a flat tire may temporarily repair nail holes or cuts in the tread area of the tire The tire sealant cannot repair tire damage caused while driving on a flat tire or a tire that has had a blow out or a tire that has punctures in the sidewall areas The tire sealant solution is to be used for a single tire and can only be used once Check the tire sealant expiration date on the sealant canister The sealant may not be as effective beyond the expiration date If needed see your dealer retailer for a replacement canister After temporarily repairing a tire using the tire sealant take your vehicle to your dealer retailer to have the tire inspected and repaired Using the Tire Inflator Kit To us
379. s remember to remove your key from the ignition and take it with you This will lock your ignition and transmission Also always remember to lock the doors The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ignition while your vehicle is parked You may not be able to start your vehicle after it has been parked for an extended period of time Retained Accessory Power RAP These vehicle accessories can be used for up to 10 minutes after the engine is turned off e Audio System e Power Windows e Sunroof if equipped Power to these features will continue to operate for up to 10 minutes after the key is turned to LOCK OFF until a door is opened Starting the Engine Move your shift lever to PARK P or NEUTRAL N Your engine will not start in any other position this is a safety feature To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Notice Do not try to shift to PARK P if your vehicle is moving If you do you could damage the transmission Shift to PARK P only when your vehicle is stopped Starting Procedure 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition key to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts Your vehicle has a Computer Controlled Cranking System
380. s silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on your vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on your vehicle Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your dealer retailer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer s retailer s body and paint shop Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris ca
381. sed for the passenger and the passenger display is off Fan Turn the fan knob clockwise to increase the fan speed and counterclockwise to decrease the fan speed Turning the fan knob cancels the automatic fan operation and places the system in manual Turn the knob to AUTO to return to automatic fan operation If the airflow seems low when the fan is at the highest setting the passenger compartment air filter if equipped may need to be replaced See Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 3 36 for additional information O Off Turning the fan knob off will turn the controller completely off Mode This control has several settings to control the direction of airflow To change the current mode select one of the following AUTO This mode is automatically set depending on the temperature in the vehicle and solar sensor information 7s Vent This mode directs air to the instrument panel outlets 1 4 Bi Level This mode directs airflow to the instrument panel outlets and to the floor outlets A small amount of air is also directed to the windshield and the side window outlets td Floor This mode directs most of the air to the floor outlets with some air directed to the side window outlets and a little air directed to the windshield 3 Air Conditioning Press this button to turn the air conditioning compressor on or off The indicator light on the button will come on when the air conditioning is on 3 33
382. sentative e Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield e Dealership name and location e Vehicle delivery date and present mileage When contacting Pontiac please remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern STEP THREE U S Owners Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you should file with the BBB Auto Line Program to enforce your rights The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You can contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following
383. set button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 76 LOW OIL PRESSURE Notice If the LOW OIL PRESSURE warning message appears on the DIC display stop the vehicle immediately Do not drive the vehicle until the cause of the low oil pressure is corrected Severe engine damage can result from driving a vehicle with low oil pressure See Engine Oil on page 5 15 for more information This symbol comes on with this message This message displays when the vehicle s engine oil pressure is low The low oil pressure warning light also appears on the instrument panel cluster See Oil Pressure Light on page 3 52 Stop the vehicle immediately as engine damage can result from driving a vehicle with low oil pressure Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible when this warning message is displayed This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds continuously when this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledg
384. sh Damage vesesveesets co dlanseectactivs iiaei 5 117 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces 2 02 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 113 Interior Cleaning tssstei sist tos nhac etaenagaciion 5 109 CAIN Class sarre a DEE 5 112 Sheet Metal Damage e eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 117 TIES gisitccreciacteraniersisgadeeaaecestaat deeuetegeieetsghanss 5 117 Ultra Lux Suede ce eeeeeceee eee eee nese eeaeeaes 5 113 Underbody Maintenance cseeeeee 5 117 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 118 Washing Your Vehicle cseeeeeeeee eee eee es 5 114 Weatherstrips icc sissccicesssaccresenscngatacteneversacies 5 114 Windshield and Wiper Blades 5 5 116 Appointments Scheduling Service 7 9 ASRA iania a ran 3 27 Audio SYSIOM siiciaceitedecdsierbettieh atentonnnaddediareeencet 3 94 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 006 3 115 Backglass Antenna ceeeeeeeneeeeeee eee ees 3 117 Chime Level Adjustment eseeeeeee ees 3 118 Radio Reception sssri eienenn engi 3 116 Setting the Clock oeeseeeereeeeerererereerenne 3 95 Audio System cont Theft Deterrent Feature eseeeeeeeeeees 3 115 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 118 Audio System S soosaar paar 3 95 Automatic Transmission a E E EE EET 5 22 OperatiOM ss ccciedctsiseipshicagia Ea 2 28 B Backglass Antenna cc
385. sh the accelerator pedal about halfway down e Going about 35 mph 55 km h or more push the accelerator pedal all the way down The vehicle will shift down to the next gear and have more power Downshifting the transmission in slippery road conditions could result in skidding see Skidding under Loss of Control on page 4 12 Notice If your vehicle seems to start up rather slowly or not shift gears when you go faster and you continue to drive your vehicle that way you could damage the transmission Have your vehicle serviced right away You can drive in SECOND 2 when you are driving less than 35 mph 55 km h and DRIVE D for higher speeds until then THIRD 3 This position is also used for normal driving However it reduces vehicle speed more than DRIVE D without using your brakes You might choose THIRD 3 instead of DRIVE D when driving on hilly winding roads when towing a trailer so there is less shifting between gears when going down a steep hill and when driving on non highway scenarios i e city streets etc SECOND 2 This position reduces vehicle speed even more than THIRD 3 without using your brakes You can use SECOND 2 on hills It can help control the vehicle s speed as it goes down steep mountain roads but then you would also want to use the brakes off and on Notice Driving in SECOND 2 for more than 25 miles 40 km or at speeds over 55 mph 90 km h can cause damage to your engine a
386. sible and avoid going above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer For information about using tire chains on your vehicle see Tire Chains on page 5 84 4 21 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out First turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels Turn off any traction or stability system See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 7 and StabiliTrak Plus System on page 4 8 Then shift back and forth between REVERSE R and a forward gear spinning the wheels as little as possible To prevent transmission wear wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears Release the accelerator pedal while you shift and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear By slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions you will cause a rocking motion that could free your vehicle If that does not get your vehicle out after a few tries it might need to be towed out If your vehicle does need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 27 4 22 Loading Your Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Vehicle Certification label A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either t
387. snow from the rear window as possible The rear window defogger will turn off about 20 minutes after the button is pressed If turned on again the defogger will only run for about 20 minutes before turning off The defogger can also be turned off by pressing the button again or by turning off the engine Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear Notice Do not use anything sharp on the inside of the rear window If you do you could cut or damage the warming grid and the repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not attach a temporary vehicle license tape a decal or anything similar to the defogger grid 3 35 Outlet Adjustment Turn the air outlets located in the middle and at each outboard side of the instrument panel to adjust the direction of the airflow Operation Tips e Clear away any ice snow or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that may block the flow of air into the vehicle e Use of non GM approved hood deflectors may adversely affect the performance of the system e Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively e If the airflow seems low when the fan is at the highest setting the passenger compartment air filter may need to be replaced See Passenger Compartment Air Filter following for more information 3 36 Passenger Compartment Air Filter The passenger compartment air
388. ss you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly If you ever pull the shoulder portion of a passenger belt out all the way you may engage the child restraint locking feature If this happens just let the belt go back all the way and start again A The belt is twisted across the body 1 22 3 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 28 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster move it to the height that is right for you Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash See Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment later in this section To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder belt It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants 1 23 To unlatch the belt push the button on the buckle The belt should go back out of the way Before you close a door be sure the belt is out of the way If you slam the door on it you can damage both the belt and your vehicle 1 24 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster Your vehicle has a s
389. st This saves fuel When you run the engine make it go a little faster than just idle That is push the accelerator slightly This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the battery charged You will need a well charged battery to restart the vehicle and possibly for signaling later on with the headlamps Let the heater run for a while 4 20 Then shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat Start the engine again and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold But do it as little as possible Preserve the fuel as long as you can To help keep warm you can get out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free your vehicle when stuck in sand mud ice or snow See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 22 If your vehicle has a traction system it can often help to free a stuck vehicle Refer to your vehicle s traction system in the Index If the stuck condition is too severe for the traction system to free the vehicle turn the traction system off and use the rocking method A CAUTION If you let your vehicle s tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured The vehicle can overheat causing an engine compartment fire or other damage Spin the wheels as little as pos
390. stalled on a shoulder belt the comfort guide positions the belt away from the neck and head There is one guide for each outboard passenger position in the rear seat Here is how to install a comfort guide to the safety belt 1 Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge of the seatback and the interior body to remove the guide from its storage clip 1 25 2 Place the guide over the belt and insert the 3 Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top 1 26 A CAUTION A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 4 Buckle position and release the safety belt as described previously in this section Make sure that the shoulder belt crosses the shoulder To remove and store the comfort guide squeeze the belt edges together so that you can take them out of the guide Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip and then slide the guide onto the clip Turn the guide and clip inward and slide them in between the seatback and the interior body leaving only the loop of the elastic cord exposed 1 27 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts
391. stem that assists with directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions Stabilitrak Plus comes on whenever the vehicle is started It activates when the computer senses a discrepancy between the intended path and the direction the vehicle is actually traveling Stabilitrak Plus selectively applies braking pressure at any one of the vehicle s brakes to help control the vehicle in the steering direction This symbol along with the STABILITY CONTROL ACTIVE message comes on the Driver Information Center DIC 5 See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 You may also hear a noise or feel vibration in the brake pedal This is normal Continue to steer the vehicle in the desired direction This symbol will appear on the DIC 5 If there is a problem detected with Stabilitrak Plus this symbol along with the SERVICE STABILITY SYSTEM warning message will come on the DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 When this message is displayed the system is not operational Driving should be adjusted accordingly To turn the Stabilitrak system off GXP only press and hold the traction control button for more than five seconds A message will appear on the DIC indicating that Stabilitrak has been turned off You can turn the system back on at any time by pressing the button again If the vehicle is in cruise control when Stabilitrak Plus activates the cruise control will automatically
392. switscheae ids naret naa 3 53 Highbeam OM vascscisaciep ace ciel iine ea ees 3 54 Malfunction Indicator cc eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 3 50 Oil PreSSUIC isi cciie ace teet ena nchdeeteciecetde cee 3 52 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 43 Safety Belt Reminders eseeeeeeee tenes 3 41 TCS Warning Light iciiisscsossciecanbeettee ni coead 3 47 Tir PROSSUPC masaren paa anai 3 49 Traction Control System TCS Warning 3 47 W SWitt s 2icd tees aea ees ceticgapctatmectadoned 3 45 Lighting Delayed Entt reesei baie New mia ER 3 20 Delayed Exit cisdcsecseuindesd iain ieena 3 21 EMMY yeris seinan eiia iaai 3 20 Lights Exterior LAMPS ii cccscess erednisednbsecawnmcdhess ences 3 16 Flash tO Pass sjicsisesvied incendie E iia 3 9 High Low Beam Changer 0seeeeeeeeeeee es 3 9 Interior LAMPS s 00 decieerence tii dgeeeawemnennerendet 3 19 On Reminder aansien enean EIEE 3 17 Loading Your Vehicle c eseseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 22 Lockout Protection sirosis detente neesienten ca ceeds 2 13 Locks Delayed Locking cceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 11 DOOM vaccestadicnd vannatieaeteaveoniaatupaltmanansaaannens 2 10 Lockout Protection ccccceeeeee eee eeeeeeeees 2 13 Power DOOF ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseneeneenees 2 11 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 12 Rear Door Security LOCKS ceeeeeeeeee ees 2 12
393. t be available until you register with OnStar Available Services with Safe amp Sound Plan e Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment e Advanced Automatic Crash Notification AACN If equipped e Link to Emergency Services e Roadside Assistance e Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance e AccidentAssist e Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert e OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics e GM Goodwrench On Demand Diagnostics e OnStar Hands Free Calling with 30 complimentary minutes e OnStar Virtual Advisor U S Only Available Services included with Directions amp Connections Plan e All Safe and Sound Plan Services e Driving Directions Advisor delivered or OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation If equipped e RideAssist e Information and Convenience Services OnStar Hands Free Calling OnStar Hands Free Calling allows eligible OnStar subscribers to make and receive calls using voice commands Hands Free Calling is fully integrated into the vehicle and can be used with OnStar Pre Paid Minute Packages Hands Free Calling may also be linked to a Verizon Wireless service plan in the U S or a Bell Mobility service plan in Canada depending on eligibility To find out more refer to the OnStar Owner s Guide in the vehicle s glove box visit www onstar com or www onstar ca or speak with an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Virtual Advisor OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature of OnSta
394. t door Driver s Side Move the switch on the driver s door to the right to lock or to the left to unlock the doors Move the switch on the passenger s door to the left to lock or to the right to unlock the doors If the vehicle has the content theft deterrent system the vehicle may be programmed to arm the system with the power door lock switch See Lock Switch Arm under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 89 for more information on programming the system Delayed Locking This feature delays the locking of the vehicle s doors for five seconds after the last door is closed Two chimes will sound when the power door lock switch or the LOCK button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed when a door is open The chimes indicate that the delayed locking feature is on The doors can be locked immediately by pressing the power door lock switch or the LOCK button on the transmitter a second time The delayed locking feature will not activate when the ignition is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY You can program this feature on or off through the Driver Information Center DIC See Personal Programming Mode Screens under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 89 Programmable Automatic Door Locks The vehicle s doors are programmed from the factory to lock when the shift lever is moved into a forward gear and to unlock when the shift lever is moved into PARK P If someone needs to get in or out of th
395. t have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether over the seatback you are using a single tether route the tether over the headrest or head restraint If the position you are using has a fixed headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether around the headrest or head restraint 3 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 1 45 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with your child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 39 for how to install your child restraint using LATCH If you secure a child restraint using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 39 for top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored 1 46 In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be us
396. t in the recovery tank is constantly low you should have a dealer retailer service department inspect your vehicle for leaks Power Steering Fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for reservoir location AAAA AR When to Check Power Steering Fluid It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unless a leak is suspected in the system or an unusual noise is heard A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired How to Check Power Steering Fluid To check the power steering fluid do the following 1 Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool down 2 Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean 3 Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag 4 Replace the cap and completely tighten it 5 Remove the cap again and look at the fluid level on the dipstick The fluid level should be between the ADD and HOT marks when the engine is cold When the engine compartment is hot the level should be at the HOT mark If the fluid is at the ADD mark when the engine is cold or hot power steering fluid should be added What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Always use the proper fluid Notice Use of the incorrect fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the correct fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lub
397. t is possible If the light stops flashing and remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park the vehicle Turn the ignition off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible If the Light Is On Steady You might be able to correct the emission system malfunction by considering the following Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle If so reinstall the fuel cap making sure to fully install the cap See Filling the Tank on page 5 8 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap allows fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water If so your vehicle s electrical system might be wet The condition is usually corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off Have you recently changed brands of fuel If so be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 Poor fuel quality causes the engine not to run as efficiently as designed You
398. t is very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e The format of the CD may not be compatible See Using an MP3 on page 3 109 later in this section e There may have been a problem while burning the CD e The label may be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer retailer when reporting the problem Using an MP3 MP3 CD R Disc MP3 Format If you burn your own MP3 disc on a personal computer Make sure the MP3 files are recorded on a CD R disc Do not mix standard audio and MP3 files on one disc Make sure playlists have a m3u or wpl extension other file extensions may not work Files can be recorded with a variety of fixed or variable bit rates Song title artist name and album are available for display by the radio when recorded using ID3 tags version 1 and 2 Create a folder structure that makes it easy to find songs while driving Organize songs by albums using one folder for each album Each folder or album should contain 18 songs or less
399. t system If that equipment is replaced or additional equipment is added to your vehicle the chimes may not work Make sure that replacement or additional equipment is compatible with your vehicle before installing it See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Your vehicle may have a feature called Retained Accessory Power RAP With RAP the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 24 for more information Setting the Clock The radio may have a button marked with an H or HR to represent hours and an M or MN to represent minutes Press and hold the hour button until the correct hour displays AM or PM displays for morning or evening hours Press and hold the minute button until the correct minute displays The time can be set with the ignition on or off To synchronize the time with an FM station broadcasting Radio Data System RDS information press and hold the hour and minute buttons at the same time until UPDATED and the clock symbol appear on the display If the time is not available from the station NO UPDATE or NO UPDAT will appear on the display RDS time is broadcast once a minute After tuning to an RDS broadcast station it could take a few minutes for the time to update Radio s Ga EI 0 BU SS P SCAN P TYPI Ey rau i ae NRO ETRAF N RA Bil Amei ST EQ12345 THEFTLOCK C WR sevect 0
400. t to the Outside of Your Vehicle Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can affect the airflow around it This can cause wind noise and can affect fuel economy and windshield washer performance Check with your dealer retailer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of the proper maintenance of your vehicle To help keep the engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance we recommend the use of gasoline advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline The 8th digit of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN shows the code letter or number that identifies your vehicle s engine The VIN is at the top left of the instrument panel See Vehicle Identification Number VIN on page 5 119 Gasoline Octane If your vehicle has the 3 8L V6 engine VIN Code 2 use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher If the octane rating is less than 87 you might notice an audible knocking noise when you drive commonly referred to as spark knock If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service If your vehicle has the 5 3L V8 engine VIN Code C use premium unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 91 or higher You can also use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher but you
401. t warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility We recommend that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your dealer retailer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance ca
402. t wheel enables the position of the steering wheel to be adjusted The lever that lets the steering wheel tilt is located on the outboard side of the steering column The lever on the left side of the steering column includes the following e Turn and Lane Change Signals See Turn and Lane Change Signals on page 3 8 e D Headlamp High Low Beam Changer See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 9 To tilt the steering wheel hold it and pull the lever e 40 Fog Lamps See Fog Lamps on page 3 18 Move the steering wheel to a comfortable driving e Flash to Pass Feature See Flash to Pass on position and release the lever to lock it into place page 3 9 Tilt the steering wheel to the highest position to give more room when exiting and entering the vehicle Cruise Control See Cruise Control on page 3 12 e 3 Exterior Lamps Control See Exterior Lamps on page 3 16 Turn and Lane Change Signals To signal a turn move the turn signal lever located on the left side of the steering column all the way up or down The lever returns automatically when the turn is complete gt If the vehicle is equipped with the Head Up Display HUD a right or left turn signal will appear in the HUD area when making turns or lane changes See Head Up Display HUD on page 3 23 for more information An arrow on the instrument panel cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change Raise or lower the lever
403. t with a lap shoulder belt until the child passes the below fit test e Sit all the way back on the seat Do the knees bend at the seat edge If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Buckle the lap shoulder belt Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder If yes continue If no try using the rear safety belt comfort guide See Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 22 for more information If the shoulder belt still does not rest on the shoulder then return to the booster seat Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips touching the thighs If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Can proper safety belt fit be maintained for the length of the trip If yes continue If no return to the booster seat 1 29 Q What is the proper way to wear safety belts A An older child should wear a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 22 According to accident statistics children and infants are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat
404. tback forward until it locks in place To return the seatback to the upright position pull up on the lever on the back of the seat Push the seatback up until it locks in place A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked Rear Seats Split Folding Rear Seat Both sides of the rear seatback can be folded down This gives direct access to the trunk Make sure the front seats are not reclined If they are the rear seatback s may not fold down all the way Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat To lower the rear seatback pull the tab located on the outboard side of the seatback and fold the seatback forward A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked To raise the rear seatback lift the seatback up until it latches Push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked in position The seatbacks should be kept in the upright locked position when t
405. th Trip Computer on page 3 55 or DIC Operation and Displays Base Level DIC on page 3 62 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started and then turn off as you start to drive This could be an early indicator that the air pressure in the tire s are getting low and need to be inflated to the proper pressure A tire and Loading Information label attached to your vehicle shows the size of your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for your vehicle s tires when they are cold See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 for an example of the Tire and Loading Information label and its location on your vehicle Also see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 69 Your vehicle s TPMS system can warn you about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 75 and Tires on page 5 62 Your vehicle when new may have included a factory installed Tire Inflator Kit This kit uses a GM approved liquid tire sealant See Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit GXP on page 5 86 Notice Using non approved tire sealants could damage the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors TPMS sensor damage caused by using an incorrect tire sealant is not covered by the vehicle warranty Always use the GM approved tire sealant available through your dealer retailer
406. the DIC screen Fill the fuel tank as soon as possible to avoid running out of fuel See Low Fuel under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 67 Press the fuel button again to advance to the next screen 3 61 DIC Operation and Displays Base Level DIC The Driver Information Center DIC control buttons and the message display screen are located above the radio The DIC gives important safety and maintenance facts concerning the vehicle The status of many of the vehicle s systems along with driver personal programming mode menus and warning messages about the vehicle s systems may display on the DIC screen The vehicle s shift lever position will also appear The buttons on the base level are trip odometer set reset and options 3 62 Trip Odometer ZN Trip Odometer Press this button to access the odometer and trip distance modes The first menu on the DIC screen will be the odometer reading or cumulative mileage of the vehicle The odometer cannot be reset Press the trip odometer button to advance to the next menu Trip Distances This menu shows the distances that the vehicle has driven between specific points The trip odometer will record the number of miles up to 9 999 9 miles or 9 999 9 km travelled for up to two trips When 9 999 9 miles or 9 999 9 km is reached for either trip the odometer for that trip will go back to zero Press the trip odometer button again to access TRIP A Press
407. the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver might need at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old 4 14 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep standing or flowing water A CAUTION Wet brakes can cause crashes They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car vehicle wash lightly apply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces Driving through flowing water could cause your vehicle to be carried away If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous Water can build up under your vehicle s tires so they actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet Other Rainy Weather Tips Besides slowing
408. the engine The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil Fog Lamp Light 0 The light will go out when the fog lamps are turned off See Fog Lamps on page 3 18 for more information The fog lamp light will come on when the fog lamps are in use Cruise Control Light This light comes on y whenever you set the cruise control The light goes out when the cruise control is turned off See Cruise Control on page 3 12 for more information 3 53 Highbeam On Light This light comes on when the high beam headlamps are in use See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 9 for more information 3 54 Fuel Gage The fuel gage shows about how much fuel is left in the fuel tank when the ignition is on When the indicator nears empty there is still a little fuel left but you should get more soon Here are four things owners usually ask about the fuel gage All these situations are normal and do not indicate a problem with the fuel gage e At the gas station the pump shuts off before the gage reads full e t takes more or less fuel to fill up than the gage indicates For example the gage reads half full but it took more or less than half the tank s capacity to fill it e The gage pointer may move while cornering braking or speeding up e The gage may not indicate full when the ignition is turned off Driver Informatio
409. the engine immediately if it starts 3 Try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only in PARK P or NEUTRAL N If the vehicle starts in any other position contact your dealer retailer for service Automatic Transmission Shift Lock 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to ON RUN Control System Check but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of PARK P with normal effort If the shift lever 2 moves out of PARK P contact your dealer retailer A CAUTION for senile When you are doing this inspection the Ignition Transmission Lock Check vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn moves you or others could be injured the ignition to LOCK OFF in each shift lever position e The ignition should turn to LOCK OFF only 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room when the shift lever is in PARK P around the vehicle It should be parked on a level surface 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 33 Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move e The ignition key should come out only in LOCK OFF Contact your dealer retailer if service is required Parking Brake and Automatic Transmission Park P Mechanism Check A CAUTION When you are doing this check your vehicle could begin to move You or others could be inju
410. the infant A CAUTION The body structure of a young child is quite unlike that of an adult or older child for whom the safety belts are designed A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries Young The harness system holds the infant in place and ina children should always be secured in crash acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint appropriate child restraints A forward facing child seat B provides restraint for the child s body with the harness 1 35 Securing an Add On Child Restraint in the Vehicle A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Make sure the child restraint is properly installed in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt or LATCH system following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual A booster seat C D is a child restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt system A booster seat can also help a child to see out the window 1 36 To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the v
411. the trip odometer button again to access TRIP B To reset the trip odometer s back to zero miles or kilometers access the trip to reset and press the set reset button The trip odometer has a feature called the retro active reset This can be used to set the trip odometer to the number of miles or kilometers driven since the ignition was last turned on This can be used if the trip odometer was not reset at the beginning of the trip To use the retro active reset feature press and hold the set reset button for at least three seconds The trip odometer will display the number of miles or kilometers driven since the ignition was last turned on and the vehicle began moving Once the vehicle has begun moving the trip odometer will accumulate mileage For example if the vehicle was driven 5 0 miles 8 0 km before the vehicle is started again and then the retro active reset feature is activated the display will show 5 0 miles 8 0 km As the vehicle begins moving the display will increase to 5 1 miles 8 2 km 5 2 miles 8 4 km etc If the retro active reset feature is activated after the vehicle is started but before it begins moving the display will show the number of miles or kilometers that were driven during the last ignition cycle Press the trip odometer button again to access the odometer Set Reset 4 Set Reset Press this button to set or reset a menu item when using the trip odometer or options buttons Optio
412. the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so Have the electrical system checked by your dealer retailer as soon as possible This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds when this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This symbol comes on with this message This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 69 CHECK GAS CAP This message displays when the fuel cap is not on or is not fully tightened Check the fuel cap to ensure it is on and properly tightened The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap allows fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn this message off See Filling the Tank on page 5 8 for more information This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds when this message is displayed and then the message continues to display Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for three
413. ting the compact spare back in the trunk Store the cover as far forward as possible The compact spare tire is for temporary use only Replace the compact spare tire with a full size tire as soon as possible See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 109 for more information Use the following as a guide for storing the compact spare tire and tools 5 107 Retainer Cover Compact Spare Tire Nut Jack Wheel Wrench Extension and Protective Guide H Foam Holder Bolt Screw onmo gt Compact Spare Tire 5 108 Full Sized Spare Tire A Retainer B Spare Tire C Protector D E F G H Bolt Extension Nut Jack Wheel Wrench Foam Holder Bolt Screw Compact Spare Tire Although the compact spare tire was fully inflated when the vehicle was new it can lose air after a time Check the inflation pressure regularly It should be 60 psi 420 kPa After installing the compact spare on the vehicle you should stop as soon as possible and make sure the spare tire is correctly inflated The compact spare is made to perform well at speeds up to 65 mph 105 km h for distances up to 3 000 miles 5 000 km so you can finish your trip and have the full size tire repaired or replaced where you want You must calibrate the tire inflation monitor system if your vehicle has this feature after installing or removing the compact spare See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 71 The system may not w
414. tions within a PTY by performing the following 1 Press PROG TYPE or depending on the radio P TYPE to activate program type select mode The PTY symbol displays 2 Turn the SELECT or depending on the radio P TYPE knob to select a PTY 3 Press and hold either SCAN arrow once the desired PTY is displayed and the radio begins scanning the stations in the PTY 4 Press either SCAN arrow to stop at a station If both PTY and TRAF are on the radio scans for stations with the selected PTY and traffic announcements BAND Alternate Frequency Alternate frequency allows the radio to switch to a stronger station with the same program type To turn alternate frequency on press and hold BAND for two seconds AF ON displays The radio can switch to stations with a stronger frequency To turn alternate frequency off press and hold BAND again for two seconds AF OFF displays The radio does not switch to other stations This function does not apply for XM Satellite Radio Service Setting Preset PTYs RDS Only These pushbuttons have factory PTY presets Up to 12 PTYs six FM1 and six FM2 can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Press BAND or depending on the radio AM FM to select FM1 or FM2 2 Press PROG TYPE or depending on the radio P TYPE to activate program type select mode The PTY symbol displays 3 Turn the SELECT or depending on the radio P TYPE
415. to your location If you lock your keys in the vehicle call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR and they can send a signal to unlock your doors If you need roadside assistance press the OnStar button and they can contact Roadside Service for you OnStar service is provided to you subject to the OnStar Terms and Conditions You may cancel your OnStar service at any time by contacting OnStar 2 40 A complete OnStar Owner s Guide and the OnStar Terms and Conditions are included in the vehicle s OnStar Subscriber glove box literature For more information visit onstar com or onstar ca contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or TTY 1 877 248 2080 or press the OnStar button to speak with an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week Not all OnStar features are available on all vehicles To check if your vehicle is equipped to provide the services described below or for a full description of OnStar services and system limitations see the OnStar Owner s Guide in your glove box or visit onstar com OnStar Services For new vehicles with OnStar the Safe amp Sound Plan or the Directions amp Connections Plan is included for one year from the date of purchase You can extend this plan beyond the first year or upgrade to the Directions amp Connections Plan For more information press the OnStar button to speak with an advisor Some OnStar services such as Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance may no
416. tomer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give additional technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle Owner Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owner manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 U S plus processing fee Without Portfolio Owner Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 U S plus processing fee Current and Past Model Order Forms Technical Service Bulletins and Manuals are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form specify year and model name of the vehicle ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm Inc on the World Wide Web at www helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Pric
417. tongue If a weight distribution hitch is used make sure not to go over the rear axle limit before applying the weight distribution spring bars Hitches It is important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons why the correct hitch is needed Here are some rules to follow e The rear bumper on the vehicle is not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to it Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper 4 32 e f any holes need to be made in the body of the vehicle to install a trailer hitch then be sure to seal the holes later when the hitch is removed If the holes are not sealed deadly carbon monoxide CO from the exhaust can get into the vehicle See Engine Exhaust on page 2 36 Dirt and water can too Safety Chains Always attach chains between the vehicle and the trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the manufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains and do not attach them to the bumper Always leave just enough slack so the rig can be turned around And never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes Does your trailer have its own brakes B
418. torage Area seeeeeeee 2 44 Convenience Net ccceeeceeeeeeeeeeneeeeenes 2 44 Cupholder S eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeenes 2 43 Glove BOX ci irsrsssdiiised eri ui et hr Aa a DnE EEES 2 43 Sunglasses Storage Compartment 2 44 12 Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow n se 4 21 SUN VISOMS nn eee eee eee rA EEAS 2 18 SUNOOP svescseseneveacsobeisesbeeMaavbiee daddies aed 2 44 T Tachometer sic ticchiindigiadses acdinaiat ERES 3 40 Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps eeeeeeee 5 58 TCS Warning Light eeeeeeeeee eee neeeee eens 3 47 Theft Deterrent Radio c cccccceeeeeeeeeeees 3 115 Theft Deterrent Systems eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 2 18 Content Theft Deterrent eeeeeeeeeee teres 2 18 PASS Key III Electronic Immobilizer 2 20 PASS Key Ill Operation cccccccceeeeeeeee 2 21 Tilt Wheel eee cece tee eeaeea tease ese eeeeen eee eene 3 7 Time Setting 0 cee anaa aE aE EER 3 95 Tire Pressure LIQKt c 2 ccaciccieswedevedenereeaberanentecnedne 3 49 WWGS Svehctte tots ite based E S EE 5 62 Aluminum Wheels Cleaning 0006 5 116 Buying New TireS cceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 78 Ghainoin a A 5 84 Changing a Flat Tire cceceeeeeeeeeeeeee nena 5 96 ClO ANING esiosan eee iaaa 5 117 Compact Spare Tire ceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneee ees 5 109 Tires cont
419. traint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle Wherever you install a child restraint be sure to secure the child restraint properly Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving or in a crash This system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the LATCH system Make sure that a LATCH compatible child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual When installing a child restraint with a top tether you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments The following explains how to attach a child restra
420. traints Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs 1 34 A CAUTION Newborn infants need complete support including support for the head and neck This is necessary because a newborn infant s neck is weak and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant in a rear facing seat settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants should always be secured in appropriate infant restraints Child Restraint Systems A rear facing infant seat A provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of
421. triangles And if you will be driving under severe conditions include a small bag of sand a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle Also see Tires on page 5 62 Driving on Snow or Ice Most of the time those places where the tires meet the road probably have good traction However if there is snow or ice between the tires and the road you can have a very slippery situation You have a lot less traction or grip and need to be very careful What is the worst time for this Wet ice Very cold snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on But wet ice can be even more trouble because it can offer the least traction of all You can get wet ice when it is about freezing 32 F 0 C and freezing rain begins to fall Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews can get there Whatever the condition smooth ice packed blowing or loose snow drive with caution If your vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS or the Enhanced Traction System ETS it will improve your ability to accelerate when driving on a slippery road Even though your vehicle has a traction system slow down and adjust your driving to the road conditions Under certain conditions you might want to turn the TCS or ETS off such as when driving through deep snow and loose gravel to help maintain vehicle motion at lower speeds See T
422. tus indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 43 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 50 3 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 4 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary 5 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock 6 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure If the airbag is off the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started 1 51 If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint lf after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is stil
423. ty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions can contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbony MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT We recommend against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system could be affected The malfunction indicator lamp might turn on If this occurs return to your dealer retailer for service Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel might be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by your warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving Filling the Tank A CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Do not use cellular phones Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle This is against the l
424. ur Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 64 Safety Belt Extender cceeeeeeeeeeeeeneee tenes 1 28 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Child Restraints ccceccceeeeee eee eeeeeeeee ees 1 29 hice aire ae 169 Older Children c ccccccccscccscscsesesesesetseeeeeeeen 1 29 Restraint System Check seeeeeeee 1 66 Infants and Young Children cccccceeeeeee 1 32 Checking the Restraint Systems 00 1 66 Child Restraint Systems c cceceeeeeeeeeees 1 35 Replacing Restraint System Parts After ACAS e nae E E 1 67 1 1 Front Seats Manual Seats A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving Lift the bar located under the front of the seat to unlock it Slide the seat to where you want it and release the bar Try to move the seat with your body to be sure the seat is locked in place Power Seat Driver s Seat Power Seat Control Power Lumbar and Manual Recline shown The drivers seat power control is located on the outboard side of the seat To adjust the seat do any of the following e Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward e Raise or lower the front part of the seat
425. ur vehicle s battery has run down you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely A CAUTION Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because e They contain acid that can burn you e They contain gas that can explode or ignite e They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you 5 46 Notice Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that would not be covered by your warranty Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work and it could damage your vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put an automatic transmission in PARK P
426. ure See your dealer retailer for service TURN SIGNAL ON This message displays if the vehicle is driven for more than 0 75 mile 1 21 km while one of the turn signals are on It appears as a reminder to turn off the turn signal This message only displays when the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds and the message will not disappear until the turn signal is manually turned off or a turn is completed DIC Vehicle Customization Your vehicle may have customization capabilities that allow you to program certain features to one preferred setting Customization features can only be programmed to one setting on the vehicle and cannot be programmed to a preferred setting for two different drivers All of the customization options may not be available on your vehicle Only the options available will be displayed on the DIC The default settings for the customization features were set when your vehicle left the factory but may have been changed from their default state since then The customization preferences are automatically recalled To change customization preferences use the following procedure Entering the Personal Programming Mode 1 Turn the ignition on and make sure the vehicle is in PARK P To avoid excessive drain on the battery it is recommended that the headlamps are turned off 2 Press the options button until PERSONAL PROGRAMMING MODE appears on the DIC 3 Press the set reset button to
427. ure Light on page 3 49 Several conditions may cause this message to appear See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 72 for more information If the warning comes on and stays on there may be a problem with the TPMS See your dealer retailer This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on 3 84 SERVICE TRACTION SYSTEM This symbol comes on with this message 5 If the vehicle has the traction system this message displays when the system is not functioning properly A warning light also appears on the instrument panel cluster See Traction Control System TCS Warning Light on page 3 47 See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 or Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 4 7 for more information Have the system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN A chime sounds for two seconds while this message is displayed Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues t
428. ust and corrosion e Help keep the proper engine temperature e Let the warning lights and gages work as they should Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at the first maintenance service after each 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle What to Use Use a mixture of one half clean drinkable water and one half DEX COOL engine coolant which will not damage aluminum parts If this coolant mixture is used nothing else needs to be added A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice If you use an improper coolant mixture your engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by your warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater c
429. utomatic Transmission Fluid Dipstick See Checking the Fluid Level under Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 5 22 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 41 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 20 Engine Coolant Recovery Tank See Cooling System on page 5 30 Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check the engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do not do this the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level When to Add Engine Oil VOD VON REESE V6 Engine po BEER aaas V8 Engine If the oil is below the cross hatched area at the tip of the dipstick add at least one quart liter of the recommended oil This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 128 Notice Do not add too much oil If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the cros
430. vehicle 5 120 Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Do not add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your dealer retailer first Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damage would not be covered by your warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Add on equipment can drain your vehicle s battery even if your vehicle is not operating Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to your vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 64 Headlamp Wiring The headlamp wiring is protected by fuses in the fuse block An electrical overload will cause the lamps to turn off If this happens have your headlamp wiring checked right away Windshield Wiper Fuses The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit breaker and a fuse If the motor overheats due to heavy snow etc the wiper will stop until the motor cools If the overload is caused by some electrical problem have it fixed Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuit breakers in the fuse block protect the power windows and other power accessories When the current load is too heavy the circuit breaker opens and closes protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination
431. vehicle also sends OnStar your GPS location so that we can provide you with location based services OnStar service cannot work unless your vehicle is ina place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area OnStar service also cannot work unless you are in a place where the wireless service provider OnStar has hired for that area has coverage network capacity and reception when the service is needed and technology that is compatible with the OnStar service Not all services are available everywhere particularly in remote or enclosed areas or at all times Location information about your vehicle is only available if the GPS satellite signals are unobstructed and available Your vehicle must have a working electrical system including adequate battery power for the OnStar equipment to operate There are other problems OnStar cannot control that may prevent OnStar from providing OnStar service to you at any particular time or place Some examples are damage to important parts of your vehicle in an accident hills tall buildings tunnels weather or wireless phone network congestion Your Responsibility Increase the radio volume if you cannot hear the OnStar advisor If the light next to the OnStar buttons is red this means that your system is not functioning properly and should be checked by your dealer retailer If the light appears clear no light is appearing your OnStar subscript
432. ver into another gear See Shifting Out of PARK P on page 2 35 REVERSE R Use this gear to back up Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped To rock the vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging the transmission see If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 21 2 29 NEUTRAL N In this position the engine does not connect with the wheels To restart when the vehicle is already moving use NEUTRAL N only Also use NEUTRAL N when the vehicle is being towed A CAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal your vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed Notice Shifting out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting your vehicle 2 30 DRIVE D This position is for normal driving It provides the best fuel economy for your vehicle If the vehicle needs more power for passing and it is e Going less than 35 mph 55 km h pu
433. vice must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment PASS Key Ill uses a radio frequency transponder in the key that matches a decoder in your vehicle PASS Key Ill Electronic Immobilizer Operation The vehicle is equipped with PASS Key III Personalized Automotive Security System theft deterrent system PASS Key III is a passive theft deterrent system The system is automatically armed when the key is removed from the ignition You do not have to manually arm or disarm the system The security light will come on if there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft deterrent system PASS Key III uses a transponder in the ignition key that matches a decoder in the vehicle When the PASS Key III system senses that the wrong key has been inserted into the ignition it shuts down the vehicle s starter and fuel systems The starter will not work and fuel will stop flowing to the engine If someone tries to start the vehicle again with the wrong key the ve
434. volts If your vehicle has the uplevel DIC you can monitor battery voltage on the DIC by pressing the gages button until BATTERY appears CHANGE OIL SOON This symbol comes on with this message This message displays when service is required for the vehicle See your dealer retailer See Engine Oil on page 5 15 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information The CHANGE OIL SOON message is reset by acknowledging the message The ENGINE OIL MONITOR SYSTEM screen under the options menu on the DIC must also be reset See Engine Oil Monitor System in options under DIC Operation and Displays Uplevel DIC with Trip Computer on page 3 55 or DIC Operation and Displays Base Level DIC on page 3 62 for more information This message displays while the ignition is in ON RUN Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and to clear it from the screen This message continues to display for three seconds if it has not been acknowledged when the engine is turned off It also re displays for three seconds if the message has been acknowledged but the condition still exists when the engine is turned off If the condition still exists the message re appears when the engine is turned on CHARGING SYSTEM FAILURE This message displays when there is a problem with the generator and battery charging systems Driving with this problem could drain the battery Turn off all unnecessary accessories Stop and turn off
435. w on page 4 21 for more information Press the traction control button located on the console to turn the system off TC If the system is limiting wheel spin when the traction control button is pressed the system will turn off instantly Turn the system back on at any time by pressing the button again If the vehicle is in cruise control when the traction control system begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage When road conditions allow safe use of it the cruise control can be used again See Cruise Control on page 3 12 Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for more information Enhanced Traction System ETS If the vehicle has the 3 8L V6 engine and Antilock brakes it has an Enhanced Traction System ETS that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates only if it senses that one or both of the front wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction When this happens the system reduces engine power and may also upshift the transmission to limit wheel spin This symbol comes on the Driver Information Center DIC when TC the ETS is limiting wheel spin If the vehicle is in cruise control when ETS begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage When road conditions allow safe use of it the cruise control can be used again See C
436. well in advance Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer When towing a trailer the vehicle may need a different turn signal flasher and or extra wiring Check with your dealer retailer The arrows on the instrument panel will flash whenever signaling a turn or lane change Properly hooked up the trailer lamps will also flash telling other drivers the vehicle and trailer are about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the arrows on the instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out You may think drivers behind you are seeing the turn signal when they are not It is important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working The vehicle has bulb warning lights When a trailer lighting system is plugged into the vehicle s lighting system its bulb warning lights may not indicate if one of the lamps goes out So when a trailer lighting system is plugged in be sure to check the vehicle and trailer lamps from time to time to be sure they are all working Once the trailer lamps have been disconnected the bulb warning lights can once again indicate if one of the vehicle lamps is out Driving On Grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before starting down a long or steep downgrade If the vehicle is not shifted down the brakes may have to be used so much that they would get hot and no longer work well On a long uphill grade shift down and reduce th
437. wer RAP on page 2 24 Vent Open the sunshade by hand Push the switch toward the rear of the vehicle once and the sunroof will open to the vent position Push the switch forward to close Open Express Open Push the switch toward the rear of the vehicle a second time and the sunroof will open the remainder of the way The sunshade will open with the sunroof To stop the sunroof from opening push the switch toward the front of the vehicle Close Push and hold the front of the switch until the sunroof motor stops The sunshade must be closed by hand Section 3 Instrument Panel Overview eee 3 4 Hazard Warning Flashers acceca 3 6 Other Warning Devices c ceeeeeeeeneeeeee eee 3 6 FIOM hes dalek hd cprenthib nia aE EE EA E aveeseatars 3 6 Wilt Wheel ccceiuies tituccendicisten iol slee A E ES 3 7 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever 0 0 eee 3 7 Turn and Lane Change Signals 0 3 8 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer 3 9 Flash t0 Pass ise EAE 3 9 Windshield Wiper Lever asssssscsiesesessrrerernnns 3 10 Cruise Control ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eea eee eenes 3 12 Exterior Lamps vucicccecnctinctscteavcetenestwntenciieetnevne 3 16 Headlamps on Reminder seeeeeeeeee ees 3 17 Daytime Running Lamps DRL 00 3 17 Fog CLAMPS consors narrer e n ts beads bce 3 18 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver eee 3 19 Interior
438. while the engine is running and the DIC will display REMOTE START ACTIVE PRESS HAZARD SWITCH TO CANCEL The remote start feature provides two separate starts per ignition cycle each with 10 minutes of engine running time or one start with a time extension The first start must expire or be canceled to get two separate 10 minute starts If it is the first remote start since the vehicle has been driven repeat the previous steps while the engine is still running to extend the engine running time by 10 minutes from the time you repeat the steps for remote starting The remote start running time can be extended one time and only after the first remote start After entering the vehicle during a remote start insert and turn the key to ON RUN to drive the vehicle The engine will shut off automatically after 10 minutes unless a time extension has been done or the vehicle s key is inserted into the ignition switch and turned to ON RUN To manually shut off a remote start do any of the following e Aim the RKE transmitter at the vehicle and press and release the remote start button e Turn on the hazard warning flashers e Turn the ignition switch out of LOCK OFF position and then back to LOCK OFF The parking lamps turn off to indicate the engine is off After the engine has been started two times or one time with a time extension the vehicle s ignition must be turned to ON RUN using the key before the remote start pr
439. with the wheels on your vehicle If you must replace your vehicle s tires with those that do not have a TPC Spec number make sure they are the same size load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires Vehicles that have a tire pressure monitoring system could give an inaccurate low pressure warning if non TPC Spec rated tires are installed on your vehicle Non TPC Spec rated tires may give a low pressure warning that is higher or lower than the proper warning level you would get with TPC Spec rated tires See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 71 Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information Label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information Label and its location on your vehicle 5 79 Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this may affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as anti lock brakes traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected A CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety
440. work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly 1 28 Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer retailer will order you an extender When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender Child Restraints Older Children Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle s safety belts The manufacturer s instructions that come with the booster seat state the weight and height limitations for that booster Use a booster sea
441. y and complies with RSS 210 of Industry and Science Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment 5 72 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS is designed to warn the driver when a low tire pressure condition exists TPMS sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly excluding the spare tire and wheel assembly The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in the vehicle s tires and transmits the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle When a low tire pressure condition is detected the TPMS illuminates the low tire pressure warning light located in the instrument panel cluster At the same time a message to check the pressure in a specific tire appears on the Driver Information center DIC display The low tire pressure warning light and the DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure Using the DIC buttons tire pressure readings can be viewed by the driver For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays see DIC Operation and Displays Uplevel DIC wi
442. y best braking Traction Control System TCS If the vehicle has a 5 3L V8 engine it has a Traction Control System TCS that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates only if it senses that one or both of the front wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction When this happens the system works the front brakes and reduces engine power to limit wheel spin This symbol along with the TRACTION CONTROL ACTIVE message comes on the DIC screen when the system is active TC You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal This symbol along with the message TRACTION CONTROL OFF will display in the DIC for three seconds when the traction control system is disabled If there is a problem with the system the service traction system will also appear on the DIC When these symbols and messages appear on the instrument panel and the DIC the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust driving accordingly The traction control system automatically comes on whenever the vehicle is started To limit wheel spin especially in slippery road conditions always leave the system on But the traction control system can be turned off if needed The system should be turned off if the vehicle ever gets stuck in sand mud or snow and rocking the vehicle is required See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 22 and f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Sno
443. your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example e lf the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object e If the vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object that does not deform e If the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall e lf the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object Thresholds can also vary with specific vehicle design Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts In addition your vehicle has dual stage frontal airbags Dual stage airbags adjust the restraint according to crash severity Your vehicle has electronic frontal sensors which help the sensing system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more severe frontal impact For moderate frontal impacts dual stage airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment For more severe frontal impacts full deployment occurs Your vehicle may or may not have roof rail air
444. ystem on and off When the passenger system is off the driver s temperature setting is also used for the passenger and the passenger display is off In cold weather the system will start at reduced fan speeds to avoid blowing cold air into your vehicle until warmer air is available The system will start out blowing air at the floor but may change modes automatically as the vehicle warms up to maintain the chosen temperature setting The length of time needed for the air to warm up will depend on the outside temperature and the length of time that has elapsed since your vehicle was last driven 3 Wait for the system to regulate This may take from 10 to 30 minutes Then adjust the temperature if necessary Do not cover the solar sensor located in the center of the instrument panel near the windshield For more information on the solar sensor see Sensors later in this section Manual Operation V A Temperature To manually adjust the temperature inside the vehicle press the up arrow on the temperature control to raise the temperature and press the down arrow to lower the temperature The display will show your selection When one temperature is displayed the driver temperature is set When both temperatures are displayed the temperature for both the driver and passenger are set Pressing PASS will turn the passenger temperature setting on and off If only the driver temperature is set the driver temperature is u

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

ENSEIGNANTS EN ANAT-CYTO  +T - METTLER TOLEDO  576 Manual - Barry Rudolph  12H Aspiradora Manual de instrucciones  LIFESTYLE® T20/T10 HOME THEATER SYSTEMS  Cost & Allowables User Manual    BM80917 4000 PSI Pressure Washer Replacement  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file